patch 8.2.1330: Github workflow takes longer than needed

Problem:    Github workflow takes longer than needed.
Solution:   Do two test runs in parallel instead of sequentially. (Ken Takata,
            closes #6579)

.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+name: GitHub CI
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches:
+      - '*'
+  pull_request:
+
+env:
+  VCVARSALL: C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio\2019\Enterprise\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat
+
+  # Interfaces
+  # Lua
+  LUA_VER: 54
+  LUA_VER_DOT: '5.4'
+  LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.0
+  LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
+  LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
+  LUA_DIR: D:\Lua
+  # Python 2
+  PYTHON_VER: 27
+  PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
+  # Python 3
+  PYTHON3_VER: 38
+  PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.8'
+
+  # Other dependencies
+  # winpty
+  WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
+
+  # Escape sequences
+  COL_RED: "\x1b[31m"
+  COL_GREEN: "\x1b[32m"
+  COL_YELLOW: "\x1b[33m"
+  COL_RESET: "\x1b[m"
+
+jobs:
+  build:
+    runs-on: windows-latest
+
+    strategy:
+      matrix:
+        toolchain: [msvc, mingw]
+        arch: [x64, x86]
+        features: [HUGE, NORMAL]
+        include:
+          - arch: x64
+            vcarch: amd64
+            warch: x64
+            bits: 64
+            msystem: MINGW64
+            cygreg: registry
+            pyreg: ""
+          - arch: x86
+            vcarch: x86
+            warch: ia32
+            bits: 32
+            msystem: MINGW32
+            cygreg: registry32
+            pyreg: "-32"
+        exclude:
+          - toolchain: msvc
+            arch: x64
+            features: NORMAL
+          - toolchain: mingw
+            arch: x86
+            features: NORMAL
+
+    steps:
+    - name: Initalize
+      id: init
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        git config --global core.autocrlf input
+        python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
+        python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
+        echo "::set-env name=PYTHON_DIR::$python_dir"
+        echo "::set-env name=PYTHON3_DIR::$python3_dir"
+
+    - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
+      if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
+      with:
+        msystem: ${{ matrix.msystem }}
+        release: false
+
+    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+
+    - name: Create a list of download URLs
+      shell: cmd
+      run: |
+        type NUL > urls.txt
+        echo %LUA_RELEASE%>> urls.txt
+        echo %WINPTY_URL%>> urls.txt
+
+    - name: Cache downloaded files
+      uses: actions/cache@v2
+      with:
+        path: downloads
+        key: ${{ runner.os }}-${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ hashFiles('urls.txt') }}
+
+    - name: Download dependencies
+      shell: cmd
+      run: |
+        path C:\Program Files\7-Zip;%path%
+        if not exist downloads mkdir downloads
+
+        echo %COL_GREEN%Download Lua%COL_RESET%
+        call :downloadfile %LUA${{ matrix.bits }}_URL% downloads\lua.zip
+        7z x downloads\lua.zip -o%LUA_DIR% > nul || exit 1
+
+        echo %COL_GREEN%Download winpty%COL_RESET%
+        call :downloadfile %WINPTY_URL% downloads\winpty.zip
+        7z x -y downloads\winpty.zip -oD:\winpty > nul || exit 1
+        copy /Y D:\winpty\${{ matrix.warch }}\bin\winpty.dll        src\winpty${{ matrix.bits }}.dll
+        copy /Y D:\winpty\${{ matrix.warch }}\bin\winpty-agent.exe  src\
+
+        goto :eof
+
+        :downloadfile
+        :: call :downloadfile <URL> <localfile>
+        if not exist %2 (
+          curl -f -L %1 -o %2
+        )
+        if ERRORLEVEL 1 (
+          rem Retry once.
+          curl -f -L %1 -o %2 || exit 1
+        )
+        goto :eof
+
+    - name: Build (MSVC)
+      if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
+      shell: cmd
+      run: |
+        call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
+        cd src
+        :: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
+        sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
+        if "${{ matrix.features }}"=="HUGE" (
+          nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
+            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes ^
+            DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=%LUA_DIR% ^
+            DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=%PYTHON_DIR% ^
+            DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR%
+        ) else (
+          nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
+            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes
+        )
+        if not exist vim${{ matrix.bits }}.dll (
+          echo %COL_RED%Build failure.%COL_RESET%
+          exit 1
+        )
+
+    - name: Build (MinGW)
+      if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
+      shell: msys2 {0}
+      run: |
+        cd src
+        if [ "${{ matrix.features }}" = "HUGE" ]; then
+          mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
+            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
+            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
+            DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR} \
+            DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=${PYTHON_DIR} \
+            DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=${PYTHON3_DIR} \
+            STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
+        else
+          mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
+            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
+            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
+            STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
+        fi
+
+#    - name: Prepare Artifact
+#      shell: cmd
+#      run: |
+#        mkdir artifacts
+#        copy src\*vim.exe artifacts
+#        copy src\vim*.dll artifacts
+#
+#    - name: Upload Artifact
+#      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v1
+#      with:
+#        name: vim${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ matrix.toolchain }}
+#        path: ./artifacts
+
+    - name: Test
+      shell: cmd
+      timeout-minutes: 20
+      run: |
+        PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+        call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
+        cd src
+        echo.
+        echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
+        .\vim --version || exit 1
+
+        mkdir ..\src2
+        xcopy testdir ..\src2\testdir\ /E > nul || exit 1
+        copy evalfunc.c ..\src2 > nul
+
+        echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
+        start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
+
+        echo %COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
+        cd testdir
+        nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim || exit 1
+        cd ..
+
+        echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
+        cd ..\src2\testdir
+        :: Wait about 5 minutes.
+        for /L %%i in (1,1,300) do (
+          if exist done.txt goto exitloop
+          ping -n 2 localhost > nul
+        )
+        echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
+        :exitloop
+
+        echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
+        if exist messages type messages
+        nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1

.travis.yml

@@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ language: c
 _anchors:
   envs:
     - &tiny-nogui
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui" LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &tiny
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &small
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=small CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &normal
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &linux-huge
-      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
       CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &osx-huge # macOS build
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
       CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &unittests
-      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
     - &asan # ASAN build
       SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
       ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
@@ -125,7 +125,12 @@ script:
       # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
       # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
       sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
-      sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
+        # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      else
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      fi
       make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
     fi
   - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
@@ -141,11 +146,10 @@ script:
   - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
-
+# Instead of using all environments with both compilers on both systems,
-# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
+# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux.
-# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
+# On mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI, use 2 compilers in 2 environments.
-# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
+# Linux: 2 compilers on some of the environments + gcc on os390
-# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
 jobs:
   include:
     - <<: *osx
@@ -187,13 +191,13 @@ jobs:
       compiler: gcc
       env: *small
     - <<: *linux
-      name: normal/clang
+      name: normal+shadow/clang
       compiler: clang
       env:
         - *normal
         - *shadowopt
     - <<: *linux
-      name: normal/gcc
+      name: normal+shadow/gcc
       compiler: gcc
       env:
         - *normal

Filelist

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
 		.cirrus.yml \
+		.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
@@ -68,6 +69,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui_beval.c \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
 		src/hashtab.c \
+		src/help.c \
 		src/highlight.c \
 		src/indent.c \
 		src/insexpand.c \
@@ -75,11 +77,13 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/json_test.c \
 		src/kword_test.c \
 		src/list.c \
+		src/locale.c \
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
 		src/map.c \
 		src/mark.c \
+		src/match.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
 		src/memfile_test.c \
@@ -133,6 +137,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/textobject.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
 		src/time.c \
+		src/typval.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
 		src/usercmd.c \
@@ -156,6 +161,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
 		src/testdir/check.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_preinit.vim \
@@ -237,14 +243,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
+		src/proto/help.pro \
 		src/proto/highlight.pro \
 		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/insexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
+		src/proto/locale.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
+		src/proto/match.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
 		src/proto/memfile.pro \
 		src/proto/memline.pro \
@@ -285,6 +294,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/textobject.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
 		src/proto/time.pro \
+		src/proto/typval.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
@@ -347,6 +357,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/29state_fallback.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/30state_pen.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/31state_rep.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/32state_flow.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/60screen_ascii.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/61screen_unicode.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/62screen_damage.test \
@@ -415,6 +426,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_gtk_x11.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_res.xml \
 		src/gui_motif.c \
+		src/gui_xim.c \
 		src/gui_xmdlg.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.h \
@@ -438,6 +450,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
+		src/proto/gui_xim.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
@@ -667,14 +680,8 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
-		src/Make_mint.mak \
 		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
-		src/os_beos.c \
-		src/os_beos.h \
-		src/os_beos.rsrc \
-		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
-		src/os_mint.h \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
 
@@ -970,6 +977,8 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-pl.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-tr.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-tr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
 		runtime/lang/menu_*.vim \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \

README.md

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 
 [![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22)
 [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -13,17 +13,12 @@ src/if_sniff.*		Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is,
 
 src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
 
-src/gui_beos.*
-src/os_beos.*		Files for the BeOS port.
-
 src/os_msdos.*
 src/os_dos.*		Files for the MS-DOS port.
 
 src/gui_mac.*
 src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
 
-src/os_mint.8		Files for the Atari Mint port.
-
 src/os_vms*		Files for the VMS port.
 
 src/os_w32*

appveyor.yml

@@ -5,16 +5,17 @@ skip_tags: true
 environment:
   matrix:
     - FEATURE: HUGE
-    - FEATURE: NORMAL
 # disabled
 #    - FEATURE: TINY
 #    - FEATURE: SMALL
+#    - FEATURE: NORMAL
 #    - FEATURE: BIG
 
 matrix:
   fast_finish: true
 
 before_build:
+  # Use Windows SDK 7.1 (= MSVC 2010)
   - '"C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Bin\SetEnv.cmd" /x64 /release'
   - 'set INCLUDE=%INCLUDE%C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\8.1\Include\um'
 
@@ -25,9 +26,9 @@ test_script:
   - cd src/testdir
     # Testing with MSVC gvim
   - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\gvim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
   - nmake -f Make_dos.mak clean
-    # Testing with MingW console version
+    # Testing with MSVC console version
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\vim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
 
 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -5,44 +5,32 @@ setlocal ENABLEDELAYEDEXPANSION
 cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 
 cd src
-echo "Building MinGW 32bit console version"
-set PATH=c:\msys64\mingw32\bin;%PATH%
-mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak GUI=no OPTIMIZE=speed IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
-:: Save vim.exe before Make clean, moved back below.
-copy vim.exe testdir
-mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak clean
-
-:: Build Mingw huge version with python and channel support, or
-:: with specified features without python.
-echo "Building MinGW 32bit GUI version"
-if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed CHANNEL=yes GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
-) ELSE (
-    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
-)
-.\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_ming.txt
-
 :: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
 sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
-nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
-nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak clean
+    OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no ^
+    FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 
 :: build MSVC huge version with python and channel support
 :: GUI needs to be last, so that testing works
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit GUI Version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak DIRECTX=yes CPU=AMD64 CHANNEL=yes OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+        OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no POSTSCRIPT=yes ^
+        PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 ^
+        PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 ^
+        FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 ) ELSE (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+        OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no ^
+        FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_msvc.txt
 
-:: Restore vim.exe, tests will run with this.
+echo "version output MSVC console"
-move /Y testdir\vim.exe .
+.\vim --version
-echo "version output MinGW"
+echo "version output MSVC GUI"
-type ver_ming.txt
-echo "version output MVC"
 type ver_msvc.txt
 cd ..

ci/config.mk.clang.sed

@@ -1 +1,2 @@
-/^RUBY_CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=missing-field-initializers/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/

ci/config.mk.gcc.sed

@@ -1 +1 @@
-/^CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/

ci/config.mk.sed

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-/^CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
-/^PERL_CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/
+/^PERL_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -687,6 +687,15 @@ SectionEnd
 	${EndIf}
 !macroend
 
+!macro LoadDefaultVimrc out_var reg_value default_value
+	ClearErrors
+	ReadRegStr ${out_var} HKLM "${UNINST_REG_KEY_VIM}" ${reg_value}
+	${If} ${Errors}
+	${OrIf} ${out_var} == ""
+	  StrCpy ${out_var} ${default_value}
+	${EndIf}
+!macroend
+
 Function .onInit
 !ifdef HAVE_MULTI_LANG
   # Select a language (or read from the registry).
@@ -718,10 +727,10 @@ Function .onInit
 !endif
   ${EndIf}
 
-# Load the selections from the registry (if any).
   ${If} ${RunningX64}
     SetRegView 64
   ${EndIf}
+  # Load the selections from the registry (if any).
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_console}    "select_console"
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_batch}      "select_batch"
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_desktop}    "select_desktop"
@@ -736,6 +745,10 @@ Function .onInit
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_nls}        "select_nls"
 !endif
+  # Load the default _vimrc settings from the registry (if any).
+  !insertmacro LoadDefaultVimrc $vim_compat_stat "vim_compat" "all"
+  !insertmacro LoadDefaultVimrc $vim_keymap_stat "vim_keyremap" "default"
+  !insertmacro LoadDefaultVimrc $vim_mouse_stat "vim_mouse" "default"
   ${If} ${RunningX64}
     SetRegView lastused
   ${EndIf}
@@ -799,17 +812,11 @@ Function SetCustom
 	${NSD_CB_AddString} $vim_nsd_compat $(str_msg_compat_defaults)
 	${NSD_CB_AddString} $vim_nsd_compat $(str_msg_compat_all)
 
-	# Default selection
+	${If} $vim_compat_stat == "defaults"
-	${If} $vim_compat_stat == ""
-	  ReadRegStr $3 HKLM "${UNINST_REG_KEY_VIM}" "vim_compat"
-	${Else}
-	  StrCpy $3 $vim_compat_stat
-	${EndIf}
-	${If} $3 == "defaults"
 	  StrCpy $4 2
-	${ElseIf} $3 == "vim"
+	${ElseIf} $vim_compat_stat == "vim"
 	  StrCpy $4 1
-	${ElseIf} $3 == "vi"
+	${ElseIf} $vim_compat_stat == "vi"
 	  StrCpy $4 0
 	${Else} # default
 	  StrCpy $4 3
@@ -828,13 +835,7 @@ Function SetCustom
 	${NSD_CB_AddString} $vim_nsd_keymap $(str_msg_keymap_default)
 	${NSD_CB_AddString} $vim_nsd_keymap $(str_msg_keymap_windows)
 
-	# Default selection
+	${If} $vim_keymap_stat == "windows"
-	${If} $vim_keymap_stat == ""
-	  ReadRegStr $3 HKLM "${UNINST_REG_KEY_VIM}" "vim_keyremap"
-	${Else}
-	  StrCpy $3 $vim_keymap_stat
-	${EndIf}
-	${If} $3 == "windows"
 	  StrCpy $4 1
 	${Else} # default
 	  StrCpy $4 0
@@ -854,15 +855,9 @@ Function SetCustom
 	${NSD_CB_AddString} $vim_nsd_mouse $(str_msg_mouse_windows)
 	${NSD_CB_AddString} $vim_nsd_mouse $(str_msg_mouse_unix)
 
-	# Default selection
+	${If} $vim_mouse_stat == "xterm"
-	${If} $vim_mouse_stat == ""
-	  ReadRegStr $3 HKLM "${UNINST_REG_KEY_VIM}" "vim_mouse"
-	${Else}
-	  StrCpy $3 $vim_mouse_stat
-	${EndIf}
-	${If} $3 == "xterm"
 	  StrCpy $4 2
-	${ElseIf} $3 == "windows"
+	${ElseIf} $vim_mouse_stat == "windows"
 	  StrCpy $4 1
 	${Else} # default
 	  StrCpy $4 0

runtime/autoload/decada.vim

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ function decada#Unit_Name () dict				     " {{{1
     "	Convert filename into acs unit:
     "	    1:  remove the file extenstion.
     "	    2:  replace all double '_' or '-' with an dot (which denotes a separate)
-    "	    3:  remove a trailing '_' (wich denotes a specification)
+    "	    3:  remove a trailing '_' (which denotes a specification)
     return substitute (substitute (expand ("%:t:r"), '__\|-', ".", "g"), '_$', "", '')
 endfunction decada#Unit_Name					     " }}}1
 

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,15 +1,11 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Jan 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 10
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
-  " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
+  " Always use https:// because it's secure.  The certificate is for nluug.nl,
-  " more firewalls let this through.
+  " thus we can't use the alias ftp.vim.org here.
-  if executable("curl") || executable("wget") || executable("fetch")
+  let g:spellfile_URL = 'https://ftp.nluug.nl/pub/vim/runtime/spell'
-    let g:spellfile_URL = 'http://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell'
-  else
-    let g:spellfile_URL = 'ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell'
-  endif
 endif
 let s:spellfile_URL = ''    " Start with nothing so that s:donedict is reset.
 

runtime/compiler/eslint.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    ESLint for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "eslint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=eslint\ --format\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/standard.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    Standard for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "standard"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=standard
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	usr_43.txt \
 	usr_44.txt \
 	usr_45.txt \
+	usr_46.txt \
 	usr_90.txt \
 	usr_toc.txt \
 	various.txt \
@@ -282,6 +283,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	usr_43.html \
 	usr_44.html \
 	usr_45.html \
+	usr_46.html \
 	usr_90.html \
 	usr_toc.html \
 	various.html \
@@ -317,7 +319,11 @@ CONVERTED = \
 	evim-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimdiff-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1 \
-	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1
+	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+	vim-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	evim-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o .txt .html
@@ -390,7 +396,7 @@ test_urls:
 	vim -S test_urls.vim
 
 clean:
-	-rm doctags *.html tags.ref
+	-rm -f doctags *.html tags.ref
 
 # These files are in the extra archive, skip if not present
 
@@ -509,3 +515,15 @@ vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1: vimtutor-ru.1
 
 xxd-ru.UTF-8.1: xxd-ru.1
 	iconv -f KOI8-R -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vim-tr.UTF-8.1: vim-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+evim-tr.UTF-8.1: evim-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1: vimdiff-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1: vimtutor-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Arabic requires ISO-8859-6 as well as Presentation Form-B fonts
 (without Form-B, Arabic will _NOT_ be usable).	It is highly
 recommended that users search for so-called 'ISO-10646-1' fonts.
 Do an Internet search or check www.arabeyes.org for further
-info on where to attain the necessary Arabic fonts.
+info on where to obtain the necessary Arabic fonts.
 
 
 Font Installation
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
 >
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <
-   to your .vimrc file (entering the command manually into you Vim
+   to your .vimrc file (entering the command manually into your Vim
    window is highly discouraged).  In short, include ':set
    encoding=utf-8' to your .vimrc file.
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,6 +380,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 			info
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
+|SigUSR1|		after the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected
 
 
 The alphabetical list of autocommand events:		*autocmd-events-abc*
@@ -1153,11 +1154,14 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 						register.
 				   regtype	Type of the register, see
 						|getregtype()|.
+				   visual	True if the operation is
+						performed on a |Visual| area.
 				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
 				called recursively.
 				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
 				see |textlock|.
 				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
+
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
@@ -1166,6 +1170,15 @@ User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				used while there are no matching autocommands,
 				you will get an error.  If you don't want
 				that, define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+
+							*SigUSR1*
+SigUSR1				After the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected.
+				Could be used if other ways of notifying Vim
+				are not feasible.  E.g. to check for the
+				result of a build that takes a long time, or
+				when a motion sensor is triggered.
+				{only on Unix}
+
 							*UserGettingBored*
 UserGettingBored		When the user presses the same key 42 times.
 				Just kidding! :-)

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 26
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1688,6 +1688,10 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
+]	Respect textwidth rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
+	longer than textwidth, unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
+	impossible.  Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
+	"utf-8".
 j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
 	example, joining:
 		int i;   // the index ~
@@ -1751,7 +1755,7 @@ Some examples:
 Automatic formatting				*auto-format* *autoformat*
 
 When the 'a' flag is present in 'formatoptions' text is formatted
-automatically when inserting text or deleting text.  This works nice for
+automatically when inserting text or deleting text.  This works nicely for
 editing text paragraphs.  A few hints on how to use this:
 
 - You need to properly define paragraphs.  The simplest is paragraphs that are

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1235,8 +1235,8 @@ If you want to type input for the job in a Vim window you have a few options:
 - Use a terminal window.  This works well if what you type goes directly to
   the job and the job output is directly displayed in the window.
   See |terminal-window|.
-- Use a prompt window. This works well when entering a line for the job in Vim
+- Use a window with a prompt buffer. This works well when entering a line for
-  while displaying (possibly filtered) output from the job.
+  the job in Vim while displaying (possibly filtered) output from the job.
 
 A prompt buffer is created by setting 'buftype' to "prompt". You would
 normally only do that in a newly created buffer.
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ can start typing a line.
 The text of the prompt can be set with the |prompt_setprompt()| function.
 
 The user can go to Normal mode and navigate through the buffer.  This can be
-useful see older output or copy text.
+useful to see older output or copy text.
 
 The CTRL-W key can be used to start a window command, such as CTRL-W w to
 switch to the next window.  This also works in Insert mode (use Shift-CTRL-W
@@ -1270,5 +1270,46 @@ Any command that starts Insert mode, such as "a", "i", "A" and "I", will move
 the cursor to the last line.  "A" will move to the end of the line, "I" to the
 start of the line.
 
+Here is an example for Unix.  It starts a shell in the background and prompts
+for the next shell command.  Output from the shell is displayed above the
+prompt. >
+
+	" Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
+	call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
+
+	" Function handling a line of text has been typed.
+	func TextEntered(text)
+	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
+	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
+	endfunc
+		
+	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
+	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
+	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)
+	endfunc
+
+	" Function handling the shell exist: close the window.
+	func JobExit(job, status)
+	  quit!
+	endfunc
+
+	" Start a shell in the background.
+	let shell_job = job_start(["/bin/sh"], #{
+		\ out_cb: function('GotOutput'),
+		\ err_cb: function('GotOutput'),
+		\ exit_cb: function('JobExit'),
+		\ })
+	let shell_ch = job_getchannel(shell_job)
+
+	new
+	set buftype=prompt
+	let buf = bufnr('')
+	call prompt_setcallback(buf, function("TextEntered"))
+	eval prompt_setprompt(buf, "shell command: ")
+
+	" start accepting shell commands
+	startinsert
+<
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ Also see |`=|.
 			       *:<cword>* *<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *<cWORD>*
 			       *:<cexpr>* *<cexpr>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<afile>* *<afile>* *:<abuf>* *<abuf>*
-			       *:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
+			       *:<amatch>* *<amatch>* *:<stack>* *<stack>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 			       *:<sflnum>* *<sflnum>* *E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
@@ -903,12 +903,16 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   events).
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
-		   When executing a function, is replaced with:
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with the call stack,
-		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]"
+		   as with <stack> (this is for backwards compatibility, using
-		   function call nesting is indicated like this:
+		   <stack> is preferred).
-		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
 		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
-		   used inside a function.
+		   not used inside a script.
+	<stack>	   is replaced with the call stack, using
+		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]" for a function line
+		   and "script {file-name}[{lnum}]" for a script line, and
+		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
+		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*
 		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ An alternative is using the 'keymap' option.
 			it is the Unicode character, see |digraph-encoding|.
 			Example: >
 	:digr e: 235 a: 228
+<			You can use `:exe` to enter a hex number: >
+	:exe 'digr += ' .. 0x2A72
 <			Avoid defining a digraph with '_' (underscore) as the
 			first character, it has a special meaning in the
 			future.

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 12
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1326,6 +1326,10 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:tch* *:tchdir*
 :tch[dir][!]		Same as |:tcd|.
 
+							*:tcd-*
+:tcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory, before the
+			last ":tcd {path}" command.
+
 							*:lc* *:lcd*
 :lc[d][!] {path}	Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when
 			the cursor is in the current window.  The current
@@ -1335,9 +1339,28 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:lch* *:lchdir*
 :lch[dir][!]		Same as |:lcd|.
 
+							*:lcd-*
+:lcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory, before the
+			last ":lcd {path}" command.
+
 							*:pw* *:pwd* *E187*
 :pw[d]			Print the current directory name.
 			Also see |getcwd()|.
+							*:pwd-verbose*
+			When 'verbose' is non-zero, |:pwd| will also display
+			what scope the current directory was set. Example: >
+
+				" Set by :cd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[global] /path/to/current
+
+				" Set by :lcd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[window] /path/to/current
+
+				" Set by :tcd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[tabpage] /path/to/current
 
 So long as no |:lcd| or |:tcd| command has been used, all windows share the
 same current directory.  Using a command to jump to another window doesn't
@@ -1379,7 +1402,7 @@ to 0, 'modeline' off, 'expandtab' off).  Setting the 'binary' option has the
 same effect.  Don't forget to do this before reading the file.
 
 There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
-- When editing executable files the number of characters must not change.
+- When editing executable files the number of bytes must not change.
   Use only the "R" or "r" command to change text.  Do not delete characters
   with "x" or by backspacing.
 - Set the 'textwidth' option to 0.  Otherwise lines will unexpectedly be
@@ -1387,7 +1410,7 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
 - When there are not many <EOL>s, the lines will become very long.  If you
   want to edit a line that does not fit on the screen reset the 'wrap' option.
   Horizontal scrolling is used then.  If a line becomes too long (more than
-  about 32767 characters on the Amiga, much more on 32-bit systems, see
+  about 32767 bytes on the Amiga, much more on 32-bit and 64-bit systems, see
   |limits|) you cannot edit that line.  The line will be split when reading
   the file.  It is also possible that you get an "out of memory" error when
   reading the file.

runtime/doc/evim-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 <20>ubat 2002"
+.SH AD
+evim \- kolay Vim, bir dosyay<61> Vim ile herhangi bir kip olmadan d<>zenleyin
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B evim
+[se<73>enekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH TANIM
+.B eVim,
+.B Vim'i
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>r ve onu herhangi bir kipsiz d<>zenleyici gibi davranmas<61>n<EFBFBD> sa<73>lar.
+Bu bildi<64>iniz Vim'dir, ancak bir t<>kla ve yaz d<>zenleyicisi gibi <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+Bir <20>rnek vermek gerekirse MS-Windows <20>zerindeki Not Defteri gibi d<><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>n.
+.B eVim
+men<EFBFBD>lere ve ara<72> <20>ubuklar<61>na eri<72>im sa<73>layabilmeniz i<>in grafik arabirimde <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca Vim ile normal bi<62>imde <20>al<61><6C>amayan ki<6B>ilerin kullan<61>m<EFBFBD> i<>indir.
+Dosya d<>zenleme i<>i <20>ok daha verimsiz olacakt<6B>r.
+.PP
+.B eview'<27>n
+ayn<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>r, ancak saltokunur kipte ba<62>lar. evim \-R ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakk<6B>nda ayr<79>nt<6E>l<EFBFBD> bilgi i<>in: vim(1)
+.PP
+Do<EFBFBD>rudan metin giri<72>ini sa<73>layabilmek i<>in 'insertmode' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.br
+E<EFBFBD>lemlemeler Kopyala ve Yap<61><70>t<EFBFBD>r MS-Windows ile ayn<79> olacak bi<62>imde ayarlan<61>r.
+CTRL-X metni keser, CTRL-C metni kopyalar ve CTRL-V metni yap<61><70>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+CTRL-V'nin orijinal i<>levi i<>in CTRL-Q kullan<61>n.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Bilgi i<>in: vim(1).
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+eVim'i ilklendirmek i<>in kullan<61>lan betik.
+.SH NAM-I D<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ER
+Nam-<2D> di<64>er "Lastik <20>izmeliler i<>in Vim" (Gumbies, Monty Python).
+eVim'i kullan<61>rken bir mendili al<61>p iki ucundan birer d<><64><EFBFBD>m yapman<61>z
+ve kafan<61>za takman<61>z beklenir.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in Yard<72>m/Te<54>ekk<6B>rler men<65>s<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.

runtime/doc/evim-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 Şubat 2002"
+.SH AD
+evim \- kolay Vim, bir dosyayı Vim ile herhangi bir kip olmadan düzenleyin
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B evim
+[seçenekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH TANIM
+.B eVim,
+.B Vim'i
+başlatır ve onu herhangi bir kipsiz düzenleyici gibi davranmasını sağlar.
+Bu bildiğiniz Vim'dir, ancak bir tıkla ve yaz düzenleyicisi gibi çalışır.
+Bir örnek vermek gerekirse MS-Windows üzerindeki Not Defteri gibi düşünün.
+.B eVim
+menülere ve araç çubuklarına erişim sağlayabilmeniz için grafik arabirimde çalışır.
+.PP
+Yalnızca Vim ile normal biçimde çalışamayan kişilerin kullanımı içindir.
+Dosya düzenleme işi çok daha verimsiz olacaktır.
+.PP
+.B eview'ün
+aynısıdır, ancak saltokunur kipte başlar. evim \-R ile de başlatılabilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi için: vim(1)
+.PP
+Doğrudan metin girişini sağlayabilmek için 'insertmode' seçeneği açılır.
+.br
+Eşlemlemeler Kopyala ve Yapıştır MS-Windows ile aynı olacak biçimde ayarlanır.
+CTRL-X metni keser, CTRL-C metni kopyalar ve CTRL-V metni yapıştırır.
+CTRL-V'nin orijinal işlevi için CTRL-Q kullanın.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Bilgi için: vim(1).
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+eVim'i ilklendirmek için kullanılan betik.
+.SH NAM-I DİĞER
+Nam-ı diğer "Lastik Çizmeliler için Vim" (Gumbies, Monty Python).
+eVim'i kullanırken bir mendili alıp iki ucundan birer düğüm yapmanız
+ve kafanıza takmanız beklenir.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için Yardım/Teşekkürler menüsüne bakın.

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ can create any of the following: >
 	$VIM/vimfiles/indent/sqlite.vim
 
 No changes are necessary to the SQLSetType function.  It will automatically
-pickup the new SQL files and load them when you issue the SQLSetType command.
+pick up the new SQL files and load them when you issue the SQLSetType command.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ beginning with those characters.  >
  4.3.2 Column Completion:			*sql-completion-columns*
 
 The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
-tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
+tables.  The column completion is triggered via <C-C>c.
 
 NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
       the popup window is active.
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ your platform (often a case on *nix) you define the following variable in
 your |vimrc|: >
     let g:omni_sql_no_default_maps = 1
 
-Do no edit ftplugin/sql.vim directly!  If you change this file your changes
+Do not edit ftplugin/sql.vim directly!  If you change this file your changes
 will be over written on future updates.  Vim has a special directory structure
 which allows you to make customizations without changing the files that are
 included with the Vim distribution.  If you wish to customize the maps

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -356,6 +356,9 @@ need to set those up in some sort of gtkrc file.  You'll have to refer
 to the GTK documentation, however little there is, on how to do this.
 See http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/gtk-Resource-Files.html
 for more information.
+							*gtk3-slow*
+If you are using GTK3 and Vim appears to be slow, try setting the environment
+variable $GDK_RENDERING to "image".
 
 
 Tooltip Colors ~

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -217,14 +217,27 @@ Vim's syntax for lists. Since lists are objects, changes in list references in
 Lua are reflected in Vim and vice-versa. A list "l" has the following
 properties and methods:
 
+NOTE: In patch 8.2.1066 array indexes were changed from zero-based to
+one-based.  You can check with: >
+	    if has("patch-8.2.1066")
+
 Properties
 ----------
 	o "#l" is the number of items in list "l", equivalent to "len(l)"
 	    in Vim.
-	o "l[k]" returns the k-th item in "l"; "l" is zero-indexed, as in Vim.
+	o "l[k]" returns the k-th item in "l"; "l" is one-indexed, as in Lua.
 	    To modify the k-th item, simply do "l[k] = newitem"; in
-	    particular, "l[k] = nil" removes the k-th item from "l".
+	    particular, "l[k] = nil" removes the k-th item from "l". Item can
+	    be added to the end of the list by "l[#l + 1] = newitem"
 	o "l()" returns an iterator for "l".
+	o "table.insert(l, newitem)" inserts an item at the end of the list.
+	    (only Lua 5.3 and later)
+	o "table.insert(l, position, newitem)" inserts an item at the
+	    specified position. "position" is one-indexed.  (only Lua 5.3 and
+	    later)
+	o "table.remove(l, position)" removes an item at the specified
+	    position. "position" is one-indexed.
+
 
 Methods
 -------
@@ -237,13 +250,16 @@ Examples:
 	:let l = [1, 'item']
 	:lua l = vim.eval('l') -- same 'l'
 	:lua l:add(vim.list())
-	:lua l[0] = math.pi
+	:lua l[1] = math.pi
 	:echo l[0] " 3.141593
-	:lua l[0] = nil -- remove first item
+	:lua l[1] = nil -- remove first item
 	:lua l:insert(true, 1)
-	:lua print(l, #l, l[0], l[1], l[-1])
+	:lua print(l, #l, l[1], l[2])
+	:lua l[#l + 1] = 'value'
+	:lua table.insert(l, 100)
+	:lua table.insert(l, 2, 200)
+	:lua table.remove(l, 1)
 	:lua for item in l() do print(item) end
-<
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Dict userdata					*lua-dict*
@@ -333,6 +349,14 @@ Examples:
 	:lua l = d.len -- assign d as 'self'
 	:lua print(l())
 <
+Lua functions and closures are automatically converted to a Vim |Funcref| and
+can be accessed in Vim scripts.  Example:
+>
+	lua <<EOF
+	vim.fn.timer_start(1000, function(timer)
+	    print('timer callback')
+	end)
+	EOF
 
 ==============================================================================
 7. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -570,9 +570,15 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 	      with "#" does not work.
 
 
+	PN    When N is non-zero recognize C pragmas, and indent them like any
+	      other code; does not concern other preprocessor directives.
+	      When N is zero (default): don't recognize C pragmas, treating
+	      them like every other preprocessor directive.
+
+
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
 	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,N0,E0,ps,ts,is,+s,
-			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
+			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0,P0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#0'.

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 10
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and fix indent.
-		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-S		not used or used for terminal control flow
 |i_CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		insert one shiftwidth of indent in current
 				line
 |i_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		delete all entered characters in the current
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-N|	CTRL-N		1  same as "j"
 |CTRL-O|	CTRL-O		1  go to N older entry in jump list
 |CTRL-P|	CTRL-P		1  same as "k"
-		CTRL-Q		   (used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-Q		   not used, or used for terminal control flow
 |CTRL-R|	CTRL-R		2  redo changes which were undone with 'u'
-		CTRL-S		   (used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-S		   not used, or used for terminal control flow
 |CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		   jump to N older Tag in tag list
 |CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		   scroll N lines Upwards (default: half a
 				   screen)
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zD|		zD		   delete folds recursively
 |zE|		zE		   eliminate all folds
 |zF|		zF		   create a fold for N lines
-|zG|		zG		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zG|		zG		   temporarily mark word as correctly spelled
 |zH|		zH		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
 				   to the right
 |zL|		zL		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zN|		zN		   set 'foldenable'
 |zO|		zO		   open folds recursively
 |zR|		zR		   set 'foldlevel' to the deepest fold
-|zW|		zW		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zW|		zW		   temporarily mark word as incorrectly spelled
 |zX|		zX		   re-apply 'foldlevel'
 |z^|		z^		   cursor on line N (default line above
 				   window), otherwise like "z-"
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   position the cursor at the end (right side)
 				   of the screen
 |zf|		zf{motion}	   create a fold for Nmove text
-|zg|		zg		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zg|		zg		   permanently mark word as correctly spelled
 |zh|		zh		   when 'wrap' off scroll screen N characters
 				   to the right
 |zi|		zi		   toggle 'foldenable'
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zuW|		zuW		   undo |zW|
 |zuG|		zuG		   undo |zG|
 |zv|		zv		   open enough folds to view the cursor line
-|zw|		zw		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zw|		zw		   permanently mark word as incorrectly spelled
 |zx|		zx		   re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv"
 |zz|		zz		   redraw, cursor line at center of window
 |z<Left>|	z<Left>		   same as "zh"
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ tag		command		action in Command-line editing mode	~
 |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {regname}
 				insert the contents of a register or object
 				under the cursor literally
-		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
+		CTRL-S		not used, or used for terminal control flow
 |c_CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		previous match when 'incsearch' is active
 |c_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		remove all characters
 |c_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V		insert next non-digit literally, insert three
@@ -1262,6 +1262,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:debug|	:deb[ug]	run a command in debugging mode
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
 |:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
+|:defcompile|	:defc[ompile]	compile Vim9 user functions in current script
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
 |:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -121,14 +121,16 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-There are two ways to report bugs, both work:
+There are three ways to report bugs:
-1. Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
+1. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
+   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
+2. For issues with runtime files, look in the header for an email address or
+   any other way to report it to the maintainer.
+3. Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
    This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will
    see the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security
    issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer
    (that's Bram).
-2. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
-   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
 
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible

runtime/doc/makehtml.awk

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ substr($0,length($0),1) == "~" { print "<B><FONT COLOR=\"PURPLE\">" substr($0,1,
 #
 #ad hoc code
 #
-/^"\|\& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
+/^"\|& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
 / = b / {gsub(/ b /," \\&#98; "); }
 #
 # one letter tag

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -843,11 +843,10 @@ When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
 	imap <C-S-{> {{{
 Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
 
-A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
+A known side effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is inserted
-inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
+after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether modifyOtherKeys is
-modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you
+enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you get one byte then
-get one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is
+modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
-on.
 
 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ There are several ways to enter multi-byte characters:
 - For MS-Windows IME can be used.  See |IME|.
 - For all systems keymaps can be used.  See |mbyte-keymap|.
 
-The options 'iminsert', 'imsearch' and 'imcmdline' can be used to chose
+The options 'iminsert', 'imsearch' and 'imcmdline' can be used to choose
 the different input methods or disable them temporarily.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ in, or just use a certain locale inside Vim.
 
 WHAT IS A LOCALE?					*locale*
 
-There are many of languages in the world.  And there are different cultures
+There are many languages in the world.  And there are different cultures and
-and environments at least as much as the number of languages.	A linguistic
+environments at least as many as the number of languages.  A linguistic
 environment corresponding to an area is called "locale".  This includes
 information about the used language, the charset, collating order for sorting,
 date format, currency format and so on.  For Vim only the language and charset
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ input_server_name	is your |IM-server| name (check your |IM-server|
 your_input_style	is one of |OverTheSpot|, |OffTheSpot|, |Root|.  See
 			also |xim-input-style|.
 
-*international may not necessary if you use X11R6.
+*international may not be necessary if you use X11R6.
 *.inputMethod and *.preeditType are optional if you use X11R6.
 
 For example, when you are using kinput2 as |IM-server|, >
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ automatically.
 
 This works on not only insert-normal mode, but also search-command input and
 replace mode.
-The options 'iminsert', 'imsearch' and 'imcmdline' can be used to chose
+The options 'iminsert', 'imsearch' and 'imcmdline' can be used to choose
 the different input methods or disable them temporarily.
 
 WHAT IS IME

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 :lan[guage] mes[sages]
 :lan[guage] cty[pe]
 :lan[guage] tim[e]
+:lan[guage] col[late]
 			Print the current language (aka locale).
 			With the "messages" argument the language used for
 			messages is printed.  Technical: LC_MESSAGES.
@@ -44,15 +45,19 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			character encoding is printed.  Technical: LC_CTYPE.
 			With the "time" argument the language used for
 			strftime() is printed.  Technical: LC_TIME.
+			With the "collate" argument the language used for
+			collation order is printed.  Technical: LC_COLLATE.
 			Without argument all parts of the locale are printed
 			(this is system dependent).
 			The current language can also be obtained with the
-			|v:lang|, |v:ctype| and |v:lc_time| variables.
+			|v:lang|, |v:ctype|, |v:collate| and |v:lc_time|
+			variables.
 
 :lan[guage] {name}
 :lan[guage] mes[sages] {name}
 :lan[guage] cty[pe] {name}
 :lan[guage] tim[e] {name}
+:lan[guage] col[late] {name}
 			Set the current language (aka locale) to {name}.
 			The locale {name} must be a valid locale on your
 			system.  Some systems accept aliases like "en" or
@@ -72,7 +77,10 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			With the "time" argument the language used for time
 			and date messages is set.  This affects strftime().
 			This sets $LC_TIME.
-			Without an argument both are set, and additionally
+			With the "collate" argument the language used for the
+			collation order is set.  This affects sorting of
+			characters. This sets $LC_COLLATE.
+			Without an argument all are set, and additionally
 			$LANG is set.
 			When compiled with the |+float| feature the LC_NUMERIC
 			value will always be set to "C", so that floating

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 03
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1951,9 +1951,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
 			or |+quickfix| feature}
 	When 'completeopt' contains "popup" then this option is used for the
-	properties of the info popup when it is created.  You can also use
+	properties of the info popup when it is created.  If an info popup
-	|popup_findinfo()| and then set properties for an existing info popup
+	window already exists it is closed, so that the option value is
-	with |popup_setoptions()|.  See |complete-popup|.
+	applied when it is created again.
+	You can also use |popup_findinfo()| and then set properties for an
+	existing info popup with |popup_setoptions()|.  See |complete-popup|.
 
 
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
@@ -4133,7 +4135,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	This option specifies a function that will be called to
 	activate or deactivate the Input Method.
-	It is not used in the GUI.
+	It is not used in the MS-Windows GUI version.
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
@@ -4242,7 +4244,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
 	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when IME is active.
-	It is not used in the GUI.
+	It is not used in the MS-Windows GUI version.
 
 	Example: >
 		function ImStatusFunc()
@@ -5232,7 +5234,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
 	application, use: >
 		:set mouse=nvi
-<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+<	Then you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
 	back to Vim using the mouse events.
 	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
 	"xterm".
@@ -5427,6 +5429,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
 		considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
 		"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
+	unsigned    If included, numbers are recognized as unsigned. Thus a
+		leading dash or negative sign won't be considered as part of
+		the number.  Examples:
+		    Using CTRL-X on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2019"
+		    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2021").
+		    Using CTRL-A on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2021"
+		    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2019").
+		    Using CTRL-X on "0" or CTRL-A on "18446744073709551615"
+		    (2^64 - 1) has no effect, overflow is prevented.
 	Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
 	considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
 	recognized as octal or hex.
@@ -5889,6 +5900,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'pyxversion' has no effect.  The pyx* functions and commands are
 	always the same as the compiled version.
 
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'quickfixtextfunc'* *'qftf'*
+'quickfixtextfunc' 'qftf'	string (default "")
+			global
+			{only available when compiled with the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
+	This option specifies a function to be used to get the text to display
+	in the quickfix and location list windows.  This can be used to
+	customize the information displayed in the quickfix or location window
+	for each entry in the corresponding quickfix or location list.  See
+	|quickfix-window-function| for an explanation of how to write the
+	function and an example. The value can be the name of a function or a
+	lambda.
+
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6706,7 +6733,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	 flag	meaning when present	~
 	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"
 	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"
-	  l	use "999L, 888C" instead of "999 lines, 888 characters"
+	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"
 	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"
 	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"
 	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"
@@ -7081,6 +7108,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	up to the first character that is not an ASCII letter or number and
 	not a dash.  Also see |set-spc-auto|.
 
+						*'spelloptions'* *'spo'*
+'spelloptions' 'spo'	string	(default "")
+			local to buffer
+			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	A comma separated list of options for spell checking:
+	   camel	When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
+			separate word: every upper-case character in a word
+			that comes after a lower case character indicates the
+			start of a new word.
 
 						*'spellsuggest'* *'sps'*
 'spellsuggest' 'sps'	string	(default "best")
@@ -7672,10 +7709,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'term'			string	(default is $TERM, if that fails:
 				      in the GUI: "builtin_gui"
 					on Amiga: "amiga"
-					 on BeOS: "beos-ansi"
 					on Haiku: "xterm"
 					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
-					 on MiNT: "vt52"
 					 on Unix: "ansi"
 					  on VMS: "ansi"
 				       on Win 32: "win32")
@@ -8331,7 +8366,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	>= 12	Every executed function.
 	>= 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
 	>= 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
-	>= 15	Every executed Ex command (truncated at 200 characters).
+	>= 15	Every executed Ex command from a script (truncated at 200
+		characters).
+	>= 16	Every executed Ex command
 
 	This option can also be set with the "-V" argument.  See |-V|.
 	This option is also set by the |:verbose| command.
@@ -8521,8 +8558,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+virtualedit| feature}
 	A comma separated list of these words:
 	    block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
 	    insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -1,320 +1,13 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-							*BeOS* *BeBox*
+						*beos* *BeOS* *BeBox*
-This is a port of Vim 5.1 to the BeOS Preview Release 2 (also known as PR2)
+This file used to contain particularities for the BeOS port of Vim.
-or later.
 
-This file contains the particularities for the BeBox/BeOS version of Vim.  For
+The BeOS support was removed in patch 8.2.0849.
-matters not discussed in this file, Vim behaves very much like the Unix
-|os_unix.txt| version.
 
- 1. General			|beos-general|
- 2. Compiling Vim		|beos-compiling|
- 3. Timeout in the Terminal	|beos-timeout|
- 4. Unicode vs. Latin1		|beos-unicode|
- 5. The BeOS GUI		|beos-gui|
- 6. The $VIM directory		|beos-vimdir|
- 7. Drag & Drop			|beos-dragndrop|
- 8. Single Launch vs. Multiple
-    Launch			|beos-launch|
- 9. Fonts			|beos-fonts|
-10. The meta key modifier	|beos-meta|
-11. Mouse key mappings		|beos-mouse|
-12. Color names			|beos-colors|
-13. Compiling with Perl		|beos-perl|
-
-
-1. General						*beos-general*
-
-The default syntax highlighting mostly works with different foreground colors
-to highlight items.  This works best if you set your Terminal window to a
-darkish background and light letters.  Some middle-grey background (for
-instance (r,g,b)=(168,168,168)) with black letters also works nicely.  If you
-use the default light background and dark letters, it may look better to
-simply reverse the notion of foreground and background color settings.  To do
-this, add this to your .vimrc file (where <Esc> may need to be replaced with
-the escape character): >
-
-  :if &term == "beos-ansi"
-  :    set t_AB=<Esc>[3%dm
-  :    set t_AF=<Esc>[4%dm
-  :endif
-
-
-2. Compiling Vim					*beos-compiling*
-
-From the Advanced Access Preview Release (AAPR) on, Vim can be configured with
-the standard configure script.  To get the compiler and its flags right, use
-the following command-line in the shell (you can cut and paste it in one go):
-
-CC=$BE_C_COMPILER CFLAGS="$BE_DEFAULT_C_FLAGS -O7" \
-    ./configure --prefix=/boot/home/config
-
-$BE_C_COMPILER is usually "mwcc", $BE_DEFAULT_C_FLAGS is usually "-I- -I."
-
-When configure has run, and you wish to enable GUI support, you must edit the
-config.mk file so that the lines with GUI_xxx refer to $(BEOSGUI_xxx) instead
-of $(NONE_xxx).
-Alternatively you can make this change in the Makefile; it will have a
-more permanent effect.  Search for "NONE_".
-
-After compilation you need to add the resources to the binary.  Add the
-following few lines near the end (before the line with "exit $exit_value") of
-the link.sh script to do this automatically.
-
-    rmattr BEOS:TYPE vim
-    copyres os_beos.rsrc vim
-    mimeset vim
-
-Also, create a dummy file "strip":
-
-    #!/bin/sh
-    mimeset $1
-    exit 0
-
-You will need it when using "make install" to install Vim.
-
-Now type "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
-
-If you want to install Vim by hand, you must copy Vim to $HOME/config/bin, and
-create a bunch of symlinks to it ({g,r,rg}{vim,ex,view}).  Furthermore you must
-copy Vim's configuration files to $HOME/config/share/vim:
-vim-5.0s/{*.vim,doc,syntax}.  For completeness, you should also copy the nroff
-manual pages to $HOME/config/man/man1.  Don't forget ctags/ctags and xxd/xxd!
-
-Obviously, you need the unlimited linker to actually link Vim.  See
-http://www.metrowerks.com for purchasing the CodeWarrior compiler for BeOS.
-There are currently no other linkers that can do the job.
-
-This won't be able to include the Perl or Python interfaces even if
-you have the appropriate files installed. |beos-perl|
-
-
-3. Timeout in the Terminal				*beos-timeout*
-
-Because some POSIX/UNIX features are still missing[1], there is no direct OS
-support for read-with-timeout in the Terminal.  This would mean that you cannot
-use :mappings of more than one character, unless you also :set notimeout.
-|'timeout'|
-
-To circumvent this problem, I added a workaround to provide the necessary
-input with timeout by using an extra thread which reads ahead one character.
-As a side effect, it also makes Vim recognize when the Terminal window
-resizes.
-
-Function keys are not supported in the Terminal since they produce very
-indistinctive character sequences.
-
-These problems do not exist in the GUI.
-
-[1]: there is no select() on file descriptors; also the termios VMIN and VTIME
-settings do not seem to work properly.  This has been the case since DR7 at
-least and still has not been fixed as of PR2.
-
-							*beos-unicode*
-4. Unicode vs. Latin1					*beos-utf8*
-
-BeOS uses Unicode and UTF-8 for text strings (16-bit characters encoded to
-8-bit characters).  Vim assumes ISO-Latin1 or other 8-bit character codes.
-This does not produce the desired results for non-ASCII characters.  Try the
-command :digraphs to see.  If they look messed up, use :set isprint=@ to
-(slightly) improve the display of ISO-Latin1 characters 128-255.  This works
-better in the GUI, depending on which font you use (below).
-
-You may also use the /boot/bin/xtou command to convert UTF-8 files from (xtou
--f iso1 filename) or to (xtou -t iso1 filename) ISO-Latin1 characters.
-
-
-5. The BeOS GUI						*beos-gui*
-
-The BeOS GUI is no longer included.  It was not maintained for a while and
-most likely didn't work.  If you want to work on this: get the Vim 6.x version
-and merge it back in.
-
-
-6. The $VIM directory					*beos-vimdir*
-
-$VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vim's support files are stored.
-The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with >
-
-  :version
-
-The normal value is /boot/home/config/share/vim.  If you don't like it you can
-set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your
-.vimrc: >
-
-  :if version >= 500
-  :    set helpfile=~/vim/vim54/doc/help.txt
-  :    syntax on
-  :endif
-
-
-7. Drag & Drop						*beos-dragndrop*
-
-You can drop files and directories on either the Vim icon (starts a new Vim
-session, unless you use the File Types application to set Vim to be "Single
-Launch") or on the Vim window (starts editing the files).  Dropping a folder
-sets Vim's current working directory. |:cd| |:pwd| If you drop files or
-folders with either SHIFT key pressed, Vim changes directory to the folder
-that contains the first item dropped.  When starting Vim, there is no need to
-press shift: Vim behaves as if you do.
-
-Files dropped set the current argument list. |argument-list|
-
-
-8. Single Launch vs. Multiple Launch			*beos-launch*
-
-As distributed Vim's Application Flags (as seen in the FileTypes preference)
-are set to Multiple Launch.  If you prefer, you can set them to Single Launch
-instead.  Attempts to start a second copy of Vim will cause the first Vim to
-open the files instead.  This works from the Tracker but also from the command
-line.  In the latter case, non-file (option) arguments are not supported.
-
-NB: Only the GUI version has a BApplication (and hence Application Flags).
-This section does not apply to the GUI-less version, should you compile one.
-
-
-9. Fonts						*beos-fonts*
-
-Set fonts with >
-
-  :set guifont=Courier10_BT/Roman/10
-
-where the first part is the font family, the second part the style, and the
-third part the size.  You can use underscores instead of spaces in family and
-style.
-
-Best results are obtained with monospaced fonts (such as Courier).  Vim
-attempts to use all fonts in B_FIXED_SPACING mode but apparently this does not
-work for proportional fonts (despite what the BeBook says).
-
-Vim also tries to use the B_ISO8859_1 encoding, also known as ISO Latin 1.
-This also does not work for all fonts.  It does work for Courier, but not for
-ProFontISOLatin1/Regular (strangely enough).  You can verify this by giving the >
-
-  :digraphs
-
-command, which lists a bunch of characters with their ISO Latin 1 encoding.
-If, for instance, there are "box" characters among them, or the last character
-isn't a dotted-y, then for this font the encoding does not work.
-
-If the font you specify is unavailable, you get the system fixed font.
-
-Standard fixed-width system fonts are:
-
-	      ProFontISOLatin1/Regular
-		  Courier10_BT/Roman
-		  Courier10_BT/Italic
-		  Courier10_BT/Bold
-		  Courier10_BT/Bold_Italic
-
-Standard proportional system fonts are:
-
-		    Swis721_BT/Roman
-		    Swis721_BT/Italic
-		    Swis721_BT/Bold
-		    Swis721_BT/Bold_Italic
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Roman
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Italic
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Bold
-		Dutch801_Rm_BT/Bold_Italic
-		   Baskerville/Roman
-		   Baskerville/Italic
-		   Baskerville/Bold
-		   Baskerville/Bold_Italic
-		 SymbolProp_BT/Regular
-
-Try some of them, just for fun.
-
-
-10. The meta key modifier				*beos-meta*
-
-The META key modifier is obtained by the left or right OPTION keys.  This is
-because the ALT (aka COMMAND) keys are not passed to applications.
-
-
-11. Mouse key mappings					*beos-mouse*
-
-Vim calls the various mouse buttons LeftMouse, MiddleMouse and RightMouse.  If
-you use the default Mouse preference settings these names indeed correspond to
-reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
-
-    Button 1 -> LeftMouse,
-    Button 2 -> RightMouse,
-    Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.
-
-If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
-mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the swapmouse
-package for an example:					 |gui-mouse-mapping|
-$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim
-
-
-12. Color names						*beos-colors*
-
-Vim has a number of color names built-in.  Additional names are read from the
-file $VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt, if present.  This file is basically the color
-database from X.  Names used from this file are cached for efficiency.
-
-
-13. Compiling with Perl					*beos-perl*
-
-Compiling with Perl support enabled is slightly tricky.  The Metrowerks
-compiler has some strange ideas where to search for include files.  Since
-several include files with Perl have the same names as some Vim header
-files, the wrong ones get included.  To fix this, run the following Perl
-script while in the vim-5.0/src directory: >
-
-   preproc.pl > perl.h
-
-    #!/bin/env perl
-    # Simple #include expander, just good enough for the Perl header files.
-
-    use strict;
-    use IO::File;
-    use Config;
-
-    sub doinclude
-    {
-	my $filename = $_[0];
-	my $fh = new IO::File($filename, "r");
-	if (defined $fh) {
-	    print "/* Start of $filename */\n";
-
-	    while (<$fh>) {
-		if (/^#include "(.*)"/) {
-		    doinclude($1);
-		    print "/* Back in $filename */\n";
-		} else {
-		    print $_;
-		}
-	    }
-	    print "/* End of $filename */\n";
-
-	    undef $fh;
-	} else {
-	    print "/* Cannot open $filename */\n";
-	    print "#include \"$filename\"\n";
-	}
-    }
-
-    chdir     $Config{installarchlib}."/CORE";
-    doinclude "perl.h";
-
-It expands the "perl.h" header file, using only other Perl header files.
-
-Now you can configure & make Vim with the --enable-perlinterp option.
-Be warned though that this adds about 616 kilobytes to the size of Vim!
-Without Perl, Vim with default features and GUI is about 575K, with Perl
-it is about 1191K.
-
--Olaf Seibert
-
-[Note: these addresses no longer work:]
-<rhialto@polder.ubc.kun.nl>
-http://polder.ubc.kun.nl/~rhialto/be
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_haiku.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30
+*os_haiku.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -84,9 +84,6 @@ Stuff that does not work yet:
   in when the window is activated or deactivated (so it works best with focus-
   follows-mouse turned on).
 - The cursor does not flash.
-- Built-in terminal is not available in GUI, and does not work reliably on
-  console version as well; e.g. it is not possible to exit using the 'exit'
-  command.  If you need to use it, enable at your own risk.
 
 
 4. The $VIM directory					*haiku-vimdir*

runtime/doc/os_mint.txt

@@ -1,39 +1,15 @@
-*os_mint.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_mint.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Jens M. Felderhoff
 
 
 							*MiNT* *Atari*
-This file contains the particularities for the Atari MiNT version of Vim.
+The Atari MiNT support was removed with patch 8.2.1215. It probably didn't
+work at that time, since the code was old and not maintained.
 
-For compiling Vim on the Atari running MiNT see "INSTALL" and "Makefile"
-in the src directory.
 
-Vim for MiNT behaves almost exactly like the Unix version.
+Originally added by: Jens M. Felderhoff, e-mail: <jmf@infko.uni-koblenz.de>
-The Unix behavior described in the documentation also refers to the
-MiNT version of Vim unless explicitly stated otherwise.
 
-For wildcard expansion of <~> (home directory) you need a shell that
-expands the tilde.  The vanilla Bourne shell doesn't recognize it.
-With csh and ksh it should work OK.
-
-The MiNT version of vim needs the termcap file /etc/termcap with the
-terminal capabilities of your terminal.  Builtin termcaps are
-supported for the vt52 terminal.  Termcap entries for the TOSWIN window
-manager and the virtual console terminals have been appended to the
-termcap file that comes with the Vim distribution.
-
-If you should encounter problems with swapped <BS> and <Del> keys, see
-|:fixdel|.
-
-Because terminal updating under MiNT is often slow (e.g. serial line
-terminal), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler' options are default off.
-If you have a fast terminal, try setting them on.  You might
-also want to set 'ttyfast'.
-
-Send bug reports to
-
-	Jens M. Felderhoff, e-mail: <jmf@infko.uni-koblenz.de>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_unix.txt

@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ can be changed at compile time.
 
 Because terminal updating under Unix is often slow (e.g. serial line
 terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler' options
-are default off.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them on.  You might
+are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them on.  You
-also want to set 'ttyfast'.
+might also want to set 'ttyfast'.
 
 When using Vim in an xterm the mouse clicks can be used by Vim by setting
 'mouse' to "a".  If there is access to an X-server gui style copy/paste will

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -432,7 +432,6 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
     builtin_gui
     builtin_riscos
     builtin_amiga
-    builtin_beos-ansi
     builtin_ansi
     builtin_vt320
     builtin_vt52

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ not match in "càt" (where the a has the composing character 0x0300), but
 0xe1, it does not have a compositing character).  It does match "cat" (where
 the a is just an a).
 
-When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
+When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern or after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
 character that includes this composing character.
 

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 12
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 06
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ This subject is introduced in section |30.1| of the user manual.
 7. The error format			|error-file-format|
 8. The directory stack			|quickfix-directory-stack|
 9. Specific error file formats		|errorformats|
+10. Customizing the quickfix window	|quickfix-window-function|
 
 The quickfix commands are not available when the |+quickfix| feature was
 disabled at compile time.
@@ -1374,7 +1375,11 @@ Basic items
 	%v		virtual column number (finds a number representing
 			screen column of the error (1 <tab> == 8 screen
 			columns))
-	%t		error type (finds a single character)
+	%t		error type (finds a single character):
+			    e - error message
+			    w - warning message
+			    i - info message
+			    n - note message
 	%n		error number (finds a number)
 	%m		error message (finds a string)
 	%r		matches the "rest" of a single-line file message %O/P/Q
@@ -1445,6 +1450,7 @@ prefixes are:
 	%E		start of a multi-line error message
 	%W		start of a multi-line warning message
 	%I		start of a multi-line informational message
+	%N		start of a multi-line note message
 	%A		start of a multi-line message (unspecified type)
 	%>		for next line start with current pattern again |efm-%>|
 	%C		continuation of a multi-line message
@@ -1921,6 +1927,70 @@ error messages into a format that quickfix mode will understand.  See the
 start of the file about how to use it.  (This script is deprecated, see
 |compiler-perl|.)
 
+=============================================================================
+10. Customizing the quickfix window		*quickfix-window-function*
 
+The default format for the lines displayed in the quickfix window and location
+list window is:
+
+    <filename>|<lnum> col <col>|<text>
+
+The values displayed in each line correspond to the "bufnr", "lnum", "col" and
+"text" fields returned by the |getqflist()| function.
+
+For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text need to be customized.
+For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
+two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed.  Another
+use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the
+complete path (which may be too long) is displayed for files which are not
+under the current directory tree. The file path may need to be simplified to a
+common parent directory.
+
+The displayed text can be customized by setting the 'quickfixtextfunc' option
+to a Vim function.  This function will be called with a dict argument and
+should return a List of strings to be displayed in the quickfix or location
+list window. The dict argument will have the following fields:
+
+    quickfix	set to 1 when called for a quickfix list and 0 when called for
+		a location list.
+    winid	for a location list, set to the id of the window with the
+		location list. For a quickfix list, set to 0. Can be used in
+		getloclist() to get the location list entry.
+    id		quickfix or location list identifier
+    start_idx	index of the first entry for which text should be returned
+    end_idx	index of the last entry for which text should be returned
+
+The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
+window for each entry from start_idx to end_idx. The function can obtain
+information about the entries using the |getqflist()| function and specifying
+the quickfix list identifier "id". For a location list, getloclist() function
+can be used with the 'winid' argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
+default format is used to display all the entries. If an item in the returned
+list is an empty string, then the default format is used to display the
+corresponding entry.
+
+If a quickfix or location list specific customization is needed, then the
+'quickfixtextfunc' attribute of the list can be set using the |setqflist()| or
+|setloclist()| function. This overrides the global 'quickfixtextfunc' option.
+
+The example below displays the list of old files (|v:oldfiles|) in a quickfix
+window. As there is no line, column number and error text information
+associated with each entry, the 'quickfixtextfunc' function returns only the
+filename.
+Example: >
+    " create a quickfix list from v:oldfiles
+    call setqflist([], ' ', {'lines' : v:oldfiles, 'efm' : '%f',
+					\ 'quickfixtextfunc' : 'QfOldFiles'})
+    func QfOldFiles(info)
+	" get information about a range of quickfix entries
+	let items = getqflist({'id' : a:info.id, 'items' : 1}).items
+	let l = []
+	for idx in range(a:info.start_idx - 1, a:info.end_idx - 1)
+	    " use the simplified file name
+	  call add(l, fnamemodify(bufname(items[idx].bufnr), ':p:.'))
+	endfor
+	return l
+    endfunc
+<
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 17
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -851,6 +851,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
 'pythonthreehome'	    name of the Python 3 home directory
 'pyxversion'	  'pyx'	    Python version used for pyx* commands
+'quickfixtextfunc' 'qftf'   function for the text in the quickfix window
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
@@ -909,6 +910,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'spellcapcheck'   'spc'     pattern to locate end of a sentence
 'spellfile'	  'spf'     files where |zg| and |zw| store words
 'spelllang'	  'spl'     language(s) to do spell checking for
+'spelloptions'	  'spo'     options for spell checking
 'spellsuggest'	  'sps'     method(s) used to suggest spelling corrections
 'splitbelow'	  'sb'	    new window from split is below the current one
 'splitright'	  'spr'     new window is put right of the current one

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 26
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			recorded macro and the yank will overwrite the
 			recorded macro.
 
+			Note: The recording happens while you type, replaying
+			the register happens as if the keys come from a
+			mapping.  This matters, for example, for undo, which
+			only syncs when commands were typed.
+
 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
 			it was the result of a mapping)
@@ -137,7 +142,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			used.
 			The register is executed like a mapping, that means
 			that the difference between 'wildchar' and 'wildcharm'
-			applies.
+			applies, and undo might not be synced in the same way.
 			For "@=" you are prompted to enter an expression.  The
 			result of the expression is then executed.
 			See also |@:|.
@@ -158,6 +163,11 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			result of evaluating the expression is executed as an
 			Ex command.
 			Mappings are not recognized in these commands.
+			When the |line-continuation| character (\) is present
+			at the beginning of a line in a linewise register,
+			then it is combined with the previous line. This is
+			useful for yanking and executing parts of a Vim
+			script.
 			Future: Will execute the register for each line in the
 			address range.
 
@@ -632,7 +642,7 @@ disallowed though.
 This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.
 
 If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
-users can chose what they include or not.  Or you can decide to use one
+users can choose what they include or not.  Or you can decide to use one
 package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the ones he wants with
 `:packadd`.
 

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ o  Invocations
    + 'rightleft' ('rl') sets window orientation to right-to-left.
    + 'delcombine' ('deco'), boolean, if editing UTF-8 encoded languages,
      allows one to remove a composing character which gets superimposed
-     on those that proceeded them (some languages require this).
+     on those that preceded them (some languages require this).
    + 'rightleftcmd' ('rlc') sets the command-line within certain modes
      (such as search) to be utilized in right-to-left orientation as well.
 

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ used by popup windows where 'cursorline' is set.
 							*sign-priority*
 Each placed sign is assigned a priority value. When multiple signs are placed
 on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
-independent of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The
+independently of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The
 priority is assigned at the time of placing a sign.
 
 When the line on which the sign is placed is deleted, the sign is moved to the

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,6 +215,9 @@ When there is a line break right after a sentence the highlighting of the next
 line may be postponed.  Use |CTRL-L| when needed.  Also see |set-spc-auto| for
 how it can be set automatically when 'spelllang' is set.
 
+The 'spelloptions' option has a few more flags that influence the way spell
+checking works.
+
 Vim counts the number of times a good word is encountered.  This is used to
 sort the suggestions: words that have been seen before get a small bonus,
 words that have been seen often get a bigger bonus.  The COMMON item in the
@@ -650,11 +653,12 @@ ask you where to write the file (there must be a writable directory in
 'runtimepath' for this).
 
 The plugin has a default place where to look for spell files, on the Vim ftp
-server.  If you want to use another location or another protocol, set the
+server.  The protocol used is SSL (https://) for security.  If you want to use
-g:spellfile_URL variable to the directory that holds the spell files.  The
+another location or another protocol, set the g:spellfile_URL variable to the
-|netrw| plugin is used for getting the file, look there for the specific
+directory that holds the spell files.  You can use http:// or ftp://, but you
-syntax of the URL.  Example: >
+are taking a security risk then.  The |netrw| plugin is used for getting the
-	let g:spellfile_URL = 'http://ftp.vim.org/vim/runtime/spell'
+file, look there for the specific syntax of the URL.  Example: >
+	let g:spellfile_URL = 'https://ftp.nluug.nl/vim/runtime/spell'
 You may need to escape special characters.
 
 The plugin will only ask about downloading a language once.  If you want to

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 29
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1214,11 +1214,13 @@ DESKTOP					   *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
 
 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
 according to freedesktop.org standard:
-http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
+https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
-But actually almost none implements this standard fully.  Thus it will
+To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
-highlight all Unix ini files.  But you can force strict highlighting according
+	let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
-to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
+Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
-	:let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
+To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
+	let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
+g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
 
 
 DIFF							*diff.vim*
@@ -1401,7 +1403,7 @@ to your startup file.
 
 EUPHORIA	    *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
 
-Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
+Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
 version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
 Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
 
@@ -1935,7 +1937,7 @@ new highlightings for the following groups.:
     Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
 which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively.  I
-have opted to chose another background for those statements.
+have opted to choose another background for those statements.
 
 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
 creates HTML pages.  The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
@@ -3636,6 +3638,26 @@ DEFINING CASE						*:syn-case* *E390*
 :sy[ntax] case
 	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
 
+
+DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
+
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
+	This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
+	foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
+
+	start:		Use level of item containing start of line.
+	minimum:	Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
+
+	The default is 'start'.  Use 'minimum' to search a line horizontally
+	for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
+	higher level.  This produces more natural folds when syntax items
+	may close and open horizontally within a line.
+
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel
+	Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
+
+	{not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
+
 SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 
 :sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
@@ -4099,6 +4121,8 @@ This will make each {} block form one fold.
 The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
 ends.  If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
 The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
+See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
+from its syntax items.
 {not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
 
 
@@ -4857,7 +4881,12 @@ term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
 	have the same effect.
 	"undercurl" is a curly underline.  When "undercurl" is not possible
 	then "underline" is used.  In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
-	is only available in the GUI.  The color is set with |highlight-guisp|.
+	are only available in the GUI and some terminals.  The color is set
+	with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|.  You can try these
+	termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
+	    let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
+	    let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
+
 
 start={term-list}				*highlight-start* *E422*
 stop={term-list}				*term-list* *highlight-stop*
@@ -4901,6 +4930,10 @@ cterm={attr-list}					*highlight-cterm*
 
 ctermfg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
 ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
+ctermul={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermul*
+	These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
+	underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
+
 	The {color-nr} argument is a color number.  Its range is zero to
 	(not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
 	The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
@@ -4978,14 +5011,14 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	needs to reset the color when exiting.	This is done with the "op"
 	termcap entry |t_op|.  If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
 	't_op' option in your .vimrc.
-							*E419* *E420*
+							*E419* *E420* *E453*
-	When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
+	When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
-	"bg" can be used as color names.  This only works after setting the
+	"fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names.  This only works after
-	colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows console.  Example,
+	setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
-	for reverse video: >
+	console.  Example, for reverse video: >
 	    :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
 <	Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
-	command are given.  If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
+	command is given.  If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
 	"fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
 
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -810,6 +810,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pyx'	options.txt	/*'pyx'*
 'pyxversion'	options.txt	/*'pyxversion'*
 'qe'	options.txt	/*'qe'*
+'qftf'	options.txt	/*'qftf'*
+'quickfixtextfunc'	options.txt	/*'quickfixtextfunc'*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
 'rdt'	options.txt	/*'rdt'*
@@ -913,11 +915,13 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'spellcapcheck'	options.txt	/*'spellcapcheck'*
 'spellfile'	options.txt	/*'spellfile'*
 'spelllang'	options.txt	/*'spelllang'*
+'spelloptions'	options.txt	/*'spelloptions'*
 'spellsuggest'	options.txt	/*'spellsuggest'*
 'spf'	options.txt	/*'spf'*
 'spl'	options.txt	/*'spl'*
 'splitbelow'	options.txt	/*'splitbelow'*
 'splitright'	options.txt	/*'splitright'*
+'spo'	options.txt	/*'spo'*
 'spr'	options.txt	/*'spr'*
 'sps'	options.txt	/*'sps'*
 'sr'	options.txt	/*'sr'*
@@ -956,10 +960,12 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_&8'	term.txt	/*'t_&8'*
 't_8b'	term.txt	/*'t_8b'*
 't_8f'	term.txt	/*'t_8f'*
+'t_8u'	term.txt	/*'t_8u'*
 't_@7'	term.txt	/*'t_@7'*
 't_AB'	term.txt	/*'t_AB'*
 't_AF'	term.txt	/*'t_AF'*
 't_AL'	term.txt	/*'t_AL'*
+'t_AU'	term.txt	/*'t_AU'*
 't_BD'	term.txt	/*'t_BD'*
 't_BE'	term.txt	/*'t_BE'*
 't_CS'	term.txt	/*'t_CS'*
@@ -1922,6 +1928,10 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 45.3	usr_45.txt	/*45.3*
 45.4	usr_45.txt	/*45.4*
 45.5	usr_45.txt	/*45.5*
+46.1	usr_46.txt	/*46.1*
+46.2	usr_46.txt	/*46.2*
+46.3	usr_46.txt	/*46.3*
+46.?	usr_46.txt	/*46.?*
 8g8	various.txt	/*8g8*
 90.1	usr_90.txt	/*90.1*
 90.2	usr_90.txt	/*90.2*
@@ -1969,6 +1979,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :<sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sfile>*
 :<sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sflnum>*
 :<slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<slnum>*
+:<stack>	cmdline.txt	/*:<stack>*
 :=	various.txt	/*:=*
 :>	change.txt	/*:>*
 :?	cmdline.txt	/*:?*
@@ -2317,6 +2328,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :debugg	repeat.txt	/*:debugg*
 :debuggreedy	repeat.txt	/*:debuggreedy*
 :def	vim9.txt	/*:def*
+:defc	vim9.txt	/*:defc*
+:defcompile	vim9.txt	/*:defcompile*
 :del	change.txt	/*:del*
 :delc	map.txt	/*:delc*
 :delcommand	map.txt	/*:delcommand*
@@ -2585,6 +2598,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:lbuffer*
 :lc	editing.txt	/*:lc*
 :lcd	editing.txt	/*:lcd*
+:lcd-	editing.txt	/*:lcd-*
 :lch	editing.txt	/*:lch*
 :lchdir	editing.txt	/*:lchdir*
 :lcl	quickfix.txt	/*:lcl*
@@ -2892,6 +2906,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :put	change.txt	/*:put*
 :pw	editing.txt	/*:pw*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
+:pwd-verbose	editing.txt	/*:pwd-verbose*
 :py	if_pyth.txt	/*:py*
 :py3	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3*
 :py3do	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3do*
@@ -3195,6 +3210,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :syn-file-remarks	syntax.txt	/*:syn-file-remarks*
 :syn-files	syntax.txt	/*:syn-files*
 :syn-fold	syntax.txt	/*:syn-fold*
+:syn-foldlevel	syntax.txt	/*:syn-foldlevel*
 :syn-include	syntax.txt	/*:syn-include*
 :syn-iskeyword	syntax.txt	/*:syn-iskeyword*
 :syn-keepend	syntax.txt	/*:syn-keepend*
@@ -3275,6 +3291,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :tags	tagsrch.txt	/*:tags*
 :tc	if_tcl.txt	/*:tc*
 :tcd	editing.txt	/*:tcd*
+:tcd-	editing.txt	/*:tcd-*
 :tch	editing.txt	/*:tch*
 :tchdir	editing.txt	/*:tchdir*
 :tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*:tcl*
@@ -3631,6 +3648,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<sfile>*
 <sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<sflnum>*
 <slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<slnum>*
+<stack>	cmdline.txt	/*<stack>*
 <xCSI>	intro.txt	/*<xCSI>*
 <xDown>	term.txt	/*<xDown>*
 <xEnd>	term.txt	/*<xEnd>*
@@ -3876,10 +3894,14 @@ E101	diff.txt	/*E101*
 E102	diff.txt	/*E102*
 E103	diff.txt	/*E103*
 E104	digraph.txt	/*E104*
+E1042	vim9.txt	/*E1042*
 E105	mbyte.txt	/*E105*
+E1050	vim9.txt	/*E1050*
 E107	eval.txt	/*E107*
 E108	eval.txt	/*E108*
 E109	eval.txt	/*E109*
+E1092	vim9.txt	/*E1092*
+E1094	vim9.txt	/*E1094*
 E11	cmdline.txt	/*E11*
 E110	eval.txt	/*E110*
 E111	eval.txt	/*E111*
@@ -4247,12 +4269,14 @@ E448	various.txt	/*E448*
 E449	eval.txt	/*E449*
 E45	message.txt	/*E45*
 E452	eval.txt	/*E452*
+E453	syntax.txt	/*E453*
 E455	print.txt	/*E455*
 E456	print.txt	/*E456*
 E457	print.txt	/*E457*
 E458	message.txt	/*E458*
 E459	message.txt	/*E459*
 E46	message.txt	/*E46*
+E460	eval.txt	/*E460*
 E461	eval.txt	/*E461*
 E462	editing.txt	/*E462*
 E463	netbeans.txt	/*E463*
@@ -4678,6 +4702,8 @@ E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
 E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E860	textprop.txt	/*E860*
+E861	popup.txt	/*E861*
 E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
 E863	popup.txt	/*E863*
 E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
@@ -4719,6 +4745,7 @@ E897	eval.txt	/*E897*
 E898	channel.txt	/*E898*
 E899	eval.txt	/*E899*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
+E900	eval.txt	/*E900*
 E901	channel.txt	/*E901*
 E902	channel.txt	/*E902*
 E903	channel.txt	/*E903*
@@ -4825,6 +4852,7 @@ E994	eval.txt	/*E994*
 E995	eval.txt	/*E995*
 E996	eval.txt	/*E996*
 E997	popup.txt	/*E997*
+E998	eval.txt	/*E998*
 E999	repeat.txt	/*E999*
 EX	intro.txt	/*EX*
 EXINIT	starting.txt	/*EXINIT*
@@ -5045,6 +5073,7 @@ SessionLoad-variable	starting.txt	/*SessionLoad-variable*
 SessionLoadPost	autocmd.txt	/*SessionLoadPost*
 ShellCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellCmdPost*
 ShellFilterPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellFilterPost*
+SigUSR1	autocmd.txt	/*SigUSR1*
 SourceCmd	autocmd.txt	/*SourceCmd*
 SourcePost	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePost*
 SourcePre	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePre*
@@ -5436,20 +5465,7 @@ bars	help.txt	/*bars*
 base_font_name_list	mbyte.txt	/*base_font_name_list*
 basic.vim	syntax.txt	/*basic.vim*
 beep	options.txt	/*beep*
-beos-colors	os_beos.txt	/*beos-colors*
+beos	os_beos.txt	/*beos*
-beos-compiling	os_beos.txt	/*beos-compiling*
-beos-dragndrop	os_beos.txt	/*beos-dragndrop*
-beos-fonts	os_beos.txt	/*beos-fonts*
-beos-general	os_beos.txt	/*beos-general*
-beos-gui	os_beos.txt	/*beos-gui*
-beos-launch	os_beos.txt	/*beos-launch*
-beos-meta	os_beos.txt	/*beos-meta*
-beos-mouse	os_beos.txt	/*beos-mouse*
-beos-perl	os_beos.txt	/*beos-perl*
-beos-timeout	os_beos.txt	/*beos-timeout*
-beos-unicode	os_beos.txt	/*beos-unicode*
-beos-utf8	os_beos.txt	/*beos-utf8*
-beos-vimdir	os_beos.txt	/*beos-vimdir*
 better-python-interface	version7.txt	/*better-python-interface*
 beval_bufnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_bufnr-variable*
 beval_col-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_col-variable*
@@ -5788,6 +5804,7 @@ coding-style	develop.txt	/*coding-style*
 col()	eval.txt	/*col()*
 coldfusion.vim	syntax.txt	/*coldfusion.vim*
 collapse	tips.txt	/*collapse*
+collate-variable	eval.txt	/*collate-variable*
 color-xterm	syntax.txt	/*color-xterm*
 coloring	syntax.txt	/*coloring*
 colortest.vim	syntax.txt	/*colortest.vim*
@@ -6328,6 +6345,7 @@ filetype.txt	filetype.txt	/*filetype.txt*
 filetypedetect-changed	version6.txt	/*filetypedetect-changed*
 filetypes	filetype.txt	/*filetypes*
 filewritable()	eval.txt	/*filewritable()*
+filler-lines	windows.txt	/*filler-lines*
 filter	change.txt	/*filter*
 filter()	eval.txt	/*filter()*
 find-manpage	usr_12.txt	/*find-manpage*
@@ -6350,6 +6368,7 @@ fixed-7.1	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.1*
 fixed-7.2	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.2*
 fixed-7.3	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.3*
 fixed-7.4	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.4*
+flatten()	eval.txt	/*flatten()*
 flexwiki.vim	syntax.txt	/*flexwiki.vim*
 float-e	eval.txt	/*float-e*
 float-functions	usr_41.txt	/*float-functions*
@@ -6906,6 +6925,7 @@ getjumplist()	eval.txt	/*getjumplist()*
 getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
 getloclist()	eval.txt	/*getloclist()*
+getmarklist()	eval.txt	/*getmarklist()*
 getmatches()	eval.txt	/*getmatches()*
 getmousepos()	eval.txt	/*getmousepos()*
 getpid()	eval.txt	/*getpid()*
@@ -6913,6 +6933,7 @@ getpos()	eval.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	eval.txt	/*getqflist()*
 getqflist-examples	quickfix.txt	/*getqflist-examples*
 getreg()	eval.txt	/*getreg()*
+getreginfo()	eval.txt	/*getreginfo()*
 getregtype()	eval.txt	/*getregtype()*
 getscript	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript*
 getscript-autoinstall	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript-autoinstall*
@@ -6983,6 +7004,7 @@ gstar	pattern.txt	/*gstar*
 gt	tabpage.txt	/*gt*
 gtk-css	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-css*
 gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
+gtk3-slow	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk3-slow*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
 gui	gui.txt	/*gui*
@@ -7111,6 +7133,7 @@ highlight-changed	version4.txt	/*highlight-changed*
 highlight-cterm	syntax.txt	/*highlight-cterm*
 highlight-ctermbg	syntax.txt	/*highlight-ctermbg*
 highlight-ctermfg	syntax.txt	/*highlight-ctermfg*
+highlight-ctermul	syntax.txt	/*highlight-ctermul*
 highlight-default	syntax.txt	/*highlight-default*
 highlight-font	syntax.txt	/*highlight-font*
 highlight-groups	syntax.txt	/*highlight-groups*
@@ -7700,6 +7723,7 @@ mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
+mapset()	eval.txt	/*mapset()*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -8177,6 +8201,7 @@ no_plugin_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_plugin_maps*
 nocombine	syntax.txt	/*nocombine*
 non-greedy	pattern.txt	/*non-greedy*
 non-zero-arg	eval.txt	/*non-zero-arg*
+none-function_argument	eval.txt	/*none-function_argument*
 none-variable	eval.txt	/*none-variable*
 normal-index	index.txt	/*normal-index*
 not-compatible	usr_01.txt	/*not-compatible*
@@ -8383,6 +8408,7 @@ popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
+popup_list()	popup.txt	/*popup_list()*
 popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
 popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
 popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
@@ -8543,6 +8569,7 @@ quickfix-title	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-title*
 quickfix-valid	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-valid*
 quickfix-window	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window*
 quickfix-window-ID	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window-ID*
+quickfix-window-function	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window-function*
 quickfix.txt	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix.txt*
 quickref	quickref.txt	/*quickref*
 quickref.txt	quickref.txt	/*quickref.txt*
@@ -8593,6 +8620,7 @@ read-messages	insert.txt	/*read-messages*
 read-only-share	editing.txt	/*read-only-share*
 read-stdin	version5.txt	/*read-stdin*
 readdir()	eval.txt	/*readdir()*
+readdirex()	eval.txt	/*readdirex()*
 readfile()	eval.txt	/*readfile()*
 readline.vim	syntax.txt	/*readline.vim*
 recording	repeat.txt	/*recording*
@@ -8601,6 +8629,7 @@ recovery	recover.txt	/*recovery*
 recursive_mapping	map.txt	/*recursive_mapping*
 redo	undo.txt	/*redo*
 redo-register	undo.txt	/*redo-register*
+reduce()	eval.txt	/*reduce()*
 ref	intro.txt	/*ref*
 reference	intro.txt	/*reference*
 reference_toc	help.txt	/*reference_toc*
@@ -8765,6 +8794,7 @@ search-offset	pattern.txt	/*search-offset*
 search-pattern	pattern.txt	/*search-pattern*
 search-range	pattern.txt	/*search-range*
 search-replace	change.txt	/*search-replace*
+searchcount()	eval.txt	/*searchcount()*
 searchdecl()	eval.txt	/*searchdecl()*
 searchforward-variable	eval.txt	/*searchforward-variable*
 searchpair()	eval.txt	/*searchpair()*
@@ -8795,7 +8825,9 @@ setloclist()	eval.txt	/*setloclist()*
 setmatches()	eval.txt	/*setmatches()*
 setpos()	eval.txt	/*setpos()*
 setqflist()	eval.txt	/*setqflist()*
+setqflist-action	eval.txt	/*setqflist-action*
 setqflist-examples	quickfix.txt	/*setqflist-examples*
+setqflist-what	eval.txt	/*setqflist-what*
 setreg()	eval.txt	/*setreg()*
 settabvar()	eval.txt	/*settabvar()*
 settabwinvar()	eval.txt	/*settabwinvar()*
@@ -8855,11 +8887,13 @@ slow-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-terminal*
 socket-interface	channel.txt	/*socket-interface*
 sort()	eval.txt	/*sort()*
 sorting	change.txt	/*sorting*
+sound-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sound-functions*
 sound_clear()	eval.txt	/*sound_clear()*
 sound_playevent()	eval.txt	/*sound_playevent()*
 sound_playfile()	eval.txt	/*sound_playfile()*
 sound_stop()	eval.txt	/*sound_stop()*
 soundfold()	eval.txt	/*soundfold()*
+source-vim9-script	usr_46.txt	/*source-vim9-script*
 space	intro.txt	/*space*
 spec-customizing	pi_spec.txt	/*spec-customizing*
 spec-how-to-use-it	pi_spec.txt	/*spec-how-to-use-it*
@@ -9123,10 +9157,12 @@ t_%i	term.txt	/*t_%i*
 t_&8	term.txt	/*t_&8*
 t_8b	term.txt	/*t_8b*
 t_8f	term.txt	/*t_8f*
+t_8u	term.txt	/*t_8u*
 t_@7	term.txt	/*t_@7*
 t_AB	term.txt	/*t_AB*
 t_AF	term.txt	/*t_AF*
 t_AL	term.txt	/*t_AL*
+t_AU	term.txt	/*t_AU*
 t_BD	term.txt	/*t_BD*
 t_BE	term.txt	/*t_BE*
 t_CS	term.txt	/*t_CS*
@@ -9460,6 +9496,7 @@ termdebug-prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-prompt*
 termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
 termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
 termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
+termdebug_map_K	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_map_K*
 termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
@@ -9497,6 +9534,7 @@ terminal-unix	terminal.txt	/*terminal-unix*
 terminal-use	terminal.txt	/*terminal-use*
 terminal-window	terminal.txt	/*terminal-window*
 terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
+terminalprops()	eval.txt	/*terminalprops()*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
@@ -9553,6 +9591,7 @@ text-prop-changes	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-changes*
 text-prop-functions	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-functions*
 text-prop-intro	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-intro*
 text-properties	textprop.txt	/*text-properties*
+text-property-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-property-functions*
 textlock	eval.txt	/*textlock*
 textprop	textprop.txt	/*textprop*
 textprop.txt	textprop.txt	/*textprop.txt*
@@ -9672,6 +9711,7 @@ usr_42.txt	usr_42.txt	/*usr_42.txt*
 usr_43.txt	usr_43.txt	/*usr_43.txt*
 usr_44.txt	usr_44.txt	/*usr_44.txt*
 usr_45.txt	usr_45.txt	/*usr_45.txt*
+usr_46.txt	usr_46.txt	/*usr_46.txt*
 usr_90.txt	usr_90.txt	/*usr_90.txt*
 usr_toc.txt	usr_toc.txt	/*usr_toc.txt*
 utf-8	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8*
@@ -9693,6 +9733,7 @@ v:charconvert_from	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_from*
 v:charconvert_to	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_to*
 v:cmdarg	eval.txt	/*v:cmdarg*
 v:cmdbang	eval.txt	/*v:cmdbang*
+v:collate	eval.txt	/*v:collate*
 v:completed_item	eval.txt	/*v:completed_item*
 v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
@@ -9891,6 +9932,7 @@ val-variable	eval.txt	/*val-variable*
 valgrind	debug.txt	/*valgrind*
 values()	eval.txt	/*values()*
 var-functions	usr_41.txt	/*var-functions*
+variable-scope	eval.txt	/*variable-scope*
 variables	eval.txt	/*variables*
 various	various.txt	/*various*
 various-cmds	various.txt	/*various-cmds*
@@ -9964,11 +10006,16 @@ vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
 vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
+vim9-declaration	vim9.txt	/*vim9-declaration*
+vim9-declarations	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-declarations*
 vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
 vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
+vim9-gotchas	vim9.txt	/*vim9-gotchas*
 vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*
 vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
+vim9-scopes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-scopes*
 vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*vim9-script*
+vim9-script-intro	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-script-intro*
 vim9-types	vim9.txt	/*vim9-types*
 vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
 vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -322,6 +322,7 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
 Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
+	t_AU	set underline color (ANSI)			*t_AU* *'t_AU'*
 	t_Ce	undercurl end					*t_Ce* *'t_Ce'*
 	t_Cs	undercurl mode					*t_Cs* *'t_Cs'*
 	t_Te	strikethrough end				*t_Te* *'t_Te'*
@@ -350,6 +351,7 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|xterm-true-color|
 	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
 		|xterm-true-color|
+	t_8u	set underline color (R, G, B)			*t_8u* *'t_8u'*
 	t_BE	enable bracketed paste mode			*t_BE* *'t_BE'*
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
 	t_BD	disable bracketed paste mode			*t_BD* *'t_BD'*

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ sent to the job running in the terminal.  For example, to make F1 switch
 to Terminal-Normal mode: >
    tnoremap <F1> <C-W>N
 You can use Esc, but you need to make sure it won't cause other keys to
-break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break): >
+break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break), this probably only
+works in the GUI: >
    tnoremap <Esc> <C-W>N
    set notimeout ttimeout timeoutlen=100
 
@@ -161,6 +162,7 @@ terminal windows may be configured using the variable
 hexadecimal color codes, similar to those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.  When
 not using GUI colors, the terminal window always uses the 16 ANSI colors of
 the underlying terminal.
+When using `term_start()` the colors can be set with the "ansi_colors" option.
 The |term_setansicolors()| function can be used to change the colors, and
 |term_getansicolors()| to get the currently used colors.
 
@@ -1305,7 +1307,7 @@ breakpoint, or use the "Clear breakpoint" right-click menu entry.
 Inspecting variables ~
 					*termdebug-variables* *:Evaluate*
  `:Evaluate`	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
- `K`		    same
+ `K`		    same (see |termdebug_map_K| to disable)
  `:Evaluate` {expr}   evaluate {expr}
  `:'<,'>Evaluate`     evaluate the Visually selected text
 
@@ -1336,6 +1338,10 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
+<
+						*termdebug_map_K*
+The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
+	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 
 
 Communication ~

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 10
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -165,6 +165,10 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 				terminals
 		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
 				with "ALL".
+		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
+			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
+		term_props   reset all terminal properties when the version
+			     string is detected
 		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
 
 		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
@@ -260,12 +264,12 @@ assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 <		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
 	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
 
-
 <							*assert_equalfile()*
-assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
 		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
 		Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -276,7 +280,6 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
 
-
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
 		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -292,8 +295,23 @@ assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 
 assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
-		NOT produce an error.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
-		When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|.
+		error message.  Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		When {error} is a string it must be found literally in the
+		first reported error. Most often this will be the error code,
+		including the colon, e.g. "E123:". >
+			assert_fails('bad cmd', 'E987:')
+<
+		When {error} is a |List| with one or two strings, these are
+		used as patterns.  The first pattern is matched against the
+		first reported error: >
+			assert_fails('cmd', ['E987:.*expected bool'])
+<		The second pattern, if present, is matched against the last
+		reported error.  To only match the last error use an empty
+		string for the first error: >
+			assert_fails('cmd', ['', 'E987:'])
+<
 		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
 		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
 

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_list()
 <
-						*prop_remove()* *E968*
+						*prop_remove()* *E968* *E860*
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 		Remove a matching text property from line {lnum}.  When
 		{lnum-end} is given, remove matching text properties from line

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 11
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,30 +38,40 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Patch to test TERM signal. (Dominique, #6055)
-
-Include src/po/vim.pot
-
-Vim9 script:
-Make closures work:
-  - call closure from not compiled context
-  - Create closure in a loop.  Need to make a list of them.
-Forward declarations:
-  - Cleanup when sourcing a script again: all script-local variables, imports
-    and functions are deleted.
-  - make sure only constants in declarations are executed, no function calls.
-  - Declare a variable at script level without an assignment.
-	let var: string
-    Error without a type or assignment
-	let var  # error!
 Making everything work:
-- Test that a script-local function in Vim9 script cannot be deleted.
+- more items in https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/6507
+- More "goto failed" with check for trylevel.
+- memory leak in test_vim9_script
+- Check that when sourcing a Vim9 script, only the global items can be used.
+- :put with a "=" register argument doesn't work, need to find the expression
+  and compile it. (#6397)
+- At the script level, keep script variables local to the block they are
+  declared in?  Need to remember what variables were declared and delete them
+  when leaving the block.
+- Implement { } block at the script level.
+- need to check type when a declaration specifies a type: #6507
+	let nr: number = 'asdf'
+- Make map() give an error if the resulting type is wrong.
+  Add mapnew() to create a new List/Dict for the result, which can have a
+  different value type.
+- Implement "export {one, two three}".
+- ISN_CHECKTYPE could use check_argtype()
+- Slice of list: [1, 2, 3][1:2].
+- give error for variable name:
+      let p = function('NoSuchFunc')
+- Give runtime error if function argument is wrong.
+	def Increment(nr: number)
+	range(3)->Increment()
+- Expand `=expr` in :next, :argedit, :argadd, :argdelete, :drop
+- Expand `=expr` in :vimgrep, :vimgrepadd, :lvimgrep, :lvimgrepadd
+- Expand `=expr` in :mkspell
 - Test that a function defined inside a :def function is local to that
   function, g: functions can be defined and script-local functions cannot be
   defined.
+- Support passing v:none to use the default argument value. (#6504)
+- make 0 == 'string' fail on the script level, like inside :def.
 - Check that when using a user function name without prefix, it does not find
   a global function.  Prefixing g: is required.
-- Compile: let [var, var] = expr
 - Compile: for [key, value] in items(map)
 - Assignment to dict doesn't work:
       let ret: dict<string> = #{}
@@ -72,29 +82,34 @@ Making everything work:
 - Compile redir to local variable: var_redir_start().
 - Compile builtin functions that access local variables:
     islocked()
-- Expand `=expr` in :next, :argedit, :argadd, :argdelete, :drop
+- possible memory leak in test_vim9_func through compile_nested_function.
-- Expand `=expr` in :vimgrep, :vimgrepadd, :lvimgrep, :lvimgrepadd
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_expr
-- Expand `=expr` in :mkspell
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_script
-- Support type for ":let"/":const" at script level for Vim9 script.
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_cmd
-    (Ben Jackson, #5671)
+- When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
-    Can we share the code from ex_let_const() between direct execution and
+    has('asdf'), len('string')
-    compiling?
+- Implement "as Name" in "import Item as Name from ..."
 - Disallow unlet for local/script/imported vars
 - Make "++nr" work.
+- Make closures work:
+  - Create closure in a loop.  Need to make a list of them.
 - expandcmd() with `=expr` in filename uses legacy expression.
 - eval_expr() in ex_cexpr()
 - eval_expr() call in dbg_parsearg() and debuggy_find()
-- Make "true" and "false" work in vim9script
+- has() is compiled as a constant, but some checks are dynamic.
+  Check for dynamic values, such as "gui_running".
+- Implement command modifiers, such as "silent". (#6530)
 New syntax and functionality:
 Improve error checking:
 - "echo Func()" is an error if Func() does not return anything.
+Test:
+- Using a Vim9 autoload script (functions must be global).
 Also:
 - For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
   it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
 - better implementation for partial and tests for that.
 - Make "g:imported = Export.exported" work in Vim9 script.
 - Make Foo.Bar() work to call the dict function. (#5676)
-- Check that import in legacy script works and puts item in s:
 - Error in any command in "vim9script" aborts sourcing.
 - Find a way to test expressions in legacy and Vim9 script without duplication
 - Fix memory leaks for test_vim9_disassemble, test_vim9_expr, test_vim9_script
@@ -113,6 +128,7 @@ Also:
 - implement class
 - implement interface
 - predefined class: Promise<T>
+- implement enum
 - Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
 	EVAL expr
 	LOADVARARG (varags idx)
@@ -125,22 +141,21 @@ Further improvements:
 	    body
 	enddef
 - compile get_lambda_tv() in popup_add_timeout()
+- inline call to map() and filter()
 - compile "skip" argument of searchpair()
 - compile "expr" and "call" expression of a channel in channel_exe_cmd()?
 
 Popup windows:
-- With some sequence get get hidden finished terminal buffer. (#5768)
-    Cannot close popup terminal (#5744)
-    Buffer can't be wiped, gets status "aF". (#5764)
-    Is buf->nwindows incorrect?
-- popup_clear() and popup_close() should close the terminal popup, and
-   make the buffer hidden. #5745
 - Cursor not updated before a redraw, making it jump. (#5943)
+- Add a termcap entry for changing the cursor when it goes under the popup and
+  back.  like t_SI and t_EI  (t_SU and t_EU, where "U" means under?)
 - With terminal in popup, allow for popup_hide() to temporarily hide it.?
 - Fire some autocommand event after a new popup window was created and
   positioned?  PopupNew?  Could be used to set some options or move it out of
   the way. (#5737)
   However, it may also cause trouble, changing the popup of another plugin.
+- Add a way to use popup_menu() synchronously: instead of invoking the
+  callback, return the choice. (Ben Jackson, #6534)
 - Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
 - When using a popup for the info of a completion menu, and there is not
   enough space, let the popup overlap with the menu. (#4544)
@@ -154,8 +169,6 @@ Popup windows:
 - Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent
 
 Text properties:
-- Patch to fix that split / join does not update properties properly (Axel
-  Forsman, #5839)  Alternative: #5875.
 - :goto does not go to the right place when test properties are present.
   (#5930)
 - "cc" does not call inserted_bytes(). (Axel Forsman, #5763)
@@ -197,12 +210,20 @@ Terminal debugger:
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
+- No support for underline color, t_8u.
+- When in terminal-Normal mode when the job finishes, the cursor jumps to the
+  end but the window is not updated.  This only happens when typing "a".
+      :term bash -c "for V in {0..5}; do echo $V; sleep 1; done"
 - When started with ":terminal ++close" and the shell exits but there is a
   background process, the window remains open, because the channel still
   exists (and output still shows).  Perhaps close the window when an explicit
   ++close was used? (#5931)
+- Using "CTRL-W :confirm quite" and selecting "yes" should work like ":quit!".
+    (Harm te Hennepe, #6129)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
+  A bit like using CTRL-W N first.
+  Jump back like with "a" when any key is typed.
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
 - Use CTRL-W CTRL-K to enter a digraph? #5371
 - When Vim runs in the terminal and changes the title, the statusline needs to
@@ -232,8 +253,27 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   conversions.
 
 Error numbers available:
-E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E610, E611, E653,
+E610, E611, E653
-E856, E857, E861, E900
+
+Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? It is only used for completion.
+
+Patch to use collaction based sorting. (Christian Brabandt, #6229)
+
+Can we detect true color support?  https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728
+Try setting a color then request the current color, like using t_u7.
+
+Check out PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
+Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
+- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
+  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
+  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
+- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
+  covered by the above change.
+So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
+same thing.
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
 
 Buffer autocommands are a bit inconsistent.  Add a separate set of
 autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
@@ -244,66 +284,79 @@ autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
     BufIsRenamed  (after buffer ID gets another name)
 The buffer list and windows are locked, no changes possible
 
+Make it possible to map (console and GUI):  #6457
+    <C-[>   0x27   or is this <Esc> ?
+    <C-\>   0x28
+    <C-]>   0x29
+    <C-^>   0x30
+    <C-_>   0x31
+
+Patch for Template string: #4634
+Have another look at the implementation.
+
+Add the <=> (spaceship) operator and "cond ?< expr ?= expr ?> expr"
+    replace this:
+	let left = GetLeftFunc()
+	let right = GetRightFunc()
+	let res = left < right ? lower : left == right ? equal : upper
+    by:
+	let res = GetLeftFunc() <=> GetRightFunc() ?< lower ?= equal ?> upper
+Patch to make :q work with local arglist. (Christian Brabandt, #6286)
+
+Lua: updating wrong buffer when using newly created, unloaded buffer.
+(#6539)
+
+When "+ register is set then "" points to it.  If another Vim grabs the "+
+register, then "" doesn't contain anything.  Make it still follow "+.
+(#6435)
+
 Patch to fix drawing error with DirectX. (James Grant, #5688)
-Causes flicker on resizing.
+Causes flicker on resizing. Workaround from Ken Takata.
-
+How about only setting the attribute when part of the Vim window is offscreen?
-Patch to support ipv6 for channel. (Ozaki Kiichi, #5893)
-
-Patch to explain use of "%" in :!.  (David Briscoe, #5591)
-
-Patch to improve Windows terminal support. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #5546)
-Ready to include.
-
-Patch to add "-d" to xxd. (#5616)
-
-Patch for the Haiku port: #5961
-
-Patch to add Turkish manual. (Emir Sarı, #5641)
-
-Patch to add lua sleep function. (Prabir Shrestha, #6057)
-Alternative: use vim.call and vim.fn: #6063
-
-Patch to add getmarklist() (Yegappan, #6032)
-
-Patch to support different color for undercurl in cterm.
-(Timur Celik, #6011)
-
-Patch to support cindent option to handle pragmas differently.
-(Max Rumpf, #5468)
 
 File marks merging has duplicates since 7.4.1925. (Ingo Karkat, #5733)
 
-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+"make test_gui" crashed in submenu_change(). Fix and remove workaround in
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+add_pixmap_args().
 Athena is OK.
 Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif?
+
+Patch to add :argdedupe. (Nir Lichtman, #6235)
 
 :map output does not clear the reset of the command line.
 (#5623, also see #5962)
 
-Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
+Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
-Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
+character. (#6154)
-
-Patch to add 'vtp' option. (#5344)
-Needs better docs.  Is there a better name?
 
 undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
 
-Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
-Ready to include?  Review the code.
-
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
 
-Patch to delete BeOS code. (#5817)  Anyone who wants to keep it?
+Regexp to search for duplicate lines does not work correctly:
+/\(^.*\n\)\1  (Chris Morgan, #6239)
 
 With bash ":make" does not set v:shell_error.  Possible solution: set
 'shellpipe' to "2>&1| tee %s; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}"  #5994
 
+Using mode() when "/pat" is used in Visual mode returns "v" instead of "c",
+which is not useful.  Return "c/v" instead.  And "c/o" when using "d/pat".
+#6127
+
+When 'fileignorecase' is set ":e testfile.c" works to edit TestFile.c, but
+":find testfile.c" does not ignore case.
+Might be related to #6088.
+
 When changing the crypt key the buffer should be considered modified.
 Like when changing 'fileformat'.  Save the old key in save_file_ff().
 (Ninu-Ciprian Marginean)
 
+Patch to implement the vimtutor with a plugin: #6414
+Was originally writtten by Felipe Morales.
+
 Strange sequence of BufWipeout and BufNew events while doing omni-complete.
 (Paul Jolly, #5656)
 Get BufDelete without preceding BufNew. (Paul Jolly, #5694)
@@ -314,19 +367,25 @@ Get BufDelete without preceding BufNew. (Paul Jolly, #5694)
 BufWinenter event not fired when saving unnamed buffer. (Paul Jolly, #5655)
 Another spurious BufDelete. (Dani Dickstein, #5701)
 
-Patch to add function to return the text used in the quickfix window.
+Wrong error when using local arglist. (Harm te Hennepe, #6133)
-(Yegappan, #5465)
-
-Patch to add readdirex() (Ken Takata, #5619)
 
 Request to support <Cmd> in mappings, similar to how Neovim does this.
 (Daniel Hahler, #4784)
 
+Test loose_clipboard() by selecting text before suspending.
+
 Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
 
+Implement completion for "breakadd".  Should expand the second argument, e.g.
+"func", and then function names after ":breakadd func".  Including
+script-local functions.
+
 :unmap <c-n> gives error but does remove the mapping. (Antony Scriven, 2019
 Dec 19)
 
+Patch to add an option to enable/disable VTP.  (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #5344)
+Should have three values: empty, "off", "on".  Name it 'winterm'?
+
 Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 May 20)
 Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
@@ -337,9 +396,6 @@ Also #5326: netrw buffers are not restored.
 When 'backupdir' has a path ending in double slash (meaning: use full path of
 the file) combined with 'patchmode' the file name is wrong. (#5791)
 
-Patch to make ":verbose pwd" show the scope of the directory. (Takuya
-Fujiwara, #5469)
-
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
 Happens when typing CTRL-N while still searching for results.  E.g., type "b_"
 in terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
@@ -349,19 +405,13 @@ Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 Undo history wrong when ":next file" re-uses a buffer. (#5426)
 ex_next() should pass flag to do_argfile(), then to do_ecmd().
 
-Patch to add "note" type to quickfix. (#5527)  Missing tests.
+Help for ":argadd fname" says that if "fname" is already in the argument list
+that entry is used.  But instead it's always added. (#6210)
+Add flag AL_FIND_ADD, if there is one argument find it in the list.
 
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)
 
-FR: add search_status(), the current values displayed for search (current
-match, total matches). (#5631)
-Patch to provide search stats in a variable, so that it can be used in the
-statusline. (Fujiwara Takuya, #4446)
-
-Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
-(Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
-
 behavior of i_CTRl-R_CTRL-R differs from documentation. (Paul Desmond Parker,
 #5771)
 
@@ -369,10 +419,11 @@ behavior of i_CTRl-R_CTRL-R differs from documentation. (Paul Desmond Parker,
 goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
 unlisted. (#4478)
 
-Patch to include reduce() function. (#5481)
-
 Statusline highlighting error, off by one. (#5599)
 
+":find" with 'path' set to "data*" does not find files, while completion does
+find them. (Max Kukartsev, #6218)
+
 Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
 
 Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
@@ -387,8 +438,14 @@ support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
 
 "--cleanFOO" does not result in an error. (#5537)
 
+Output from assert_equalfile() doesn't give a hint about what's different.
+Assuming the files are text, print the line with the difference.
+
 Add "t" action to settagstack(): truncate and add new entries. (#5405)
 
+When 'relativenumber' is set the line just below a diff change doesn't get
+updated. (#6138)
+
 Result of synID() sometimes wrong in help files. (#5252)
 
 Status line is nut updated when splitting windows. (Marcin Szamotulski, #5496)
@@ -403,7 +460,7 @@ When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
 with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
 
 Patch to add new motion ]( and ]{.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #5320)
-Or make "v" prefix work? 
+Better: use the "z" prefix.  or ]t) and [t(.
 
 Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
 Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
@@ -411,8 +468,7 @@ Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
 Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)
 
-Patch to add per-tabpage and per-window previous directory: "lcd -" and "tcd
+Current position in the changelist should be local to the buffer. (#2173)
--". (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4362)
 
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
@@ -424,14 +480,6 @@ Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 
 Display messed up with matchparen, wrapping and scrolling. (#5638)
 
-Patch to configure BUILD_DATE for reproducible builds. (James McCoy, #513)
-
-Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
-
-Patch to support "0o" for octal numbers. (Ken Takata, #5304)
-
-Patch to enable IXON, avoid that CTRL-S stops terminal output. (#5775)
-
 When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
 when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
 gvim window (with focus follows mouse), then the K_FOCUSLOST key is put in the
@@ -460,21 +508,12 @@ Can be used to update highlighting. #3127  #5181
 Incorrect formatting with autoindent. (Sebastian Gniazdowski, #4909)
 
 Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>.
+Better use ":bufgrep" ?
 
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
-Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
-change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
-patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
-(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
-
-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
-
-Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
-
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
@@ -490,24 +529,9 @@ Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
 window 2.  User expects 10 to be added to size of window 2. (Daniel Steinberg,
 #5443)
 
-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
-Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
-- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
-  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
-  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
-- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
-  covered by the above change.
-So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
-same thing.  Remarks on PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
-
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
 
-v:register isn't reset early enough, may be used by next command.
-(Andy Massimino, #5294, possible fix in #5305)
-
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
@@ -531,10 +555,10 @@ Give a few examples. (#4288)
 Opening a file with --remote-tab-silent that matches 'wildignore' does not
 work, results in (E479: No match". (#4610)
 
-Patch for this (Tristan Konolige, #1011, only adds the option, no implem.):
 7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
     Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
     Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
+Patch for this (Tristan Konolige, #1011, only added the option, no implem.)
 
 Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
 read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
@@ -587,16 +611,9 @@ Should we include some part of pull request #4505, not increment changedtick
 in some cases?  E.g. for ":write" when the changed flag was already off, the
 buffer didn't change at all.
 
-Patch to add getreginfo() and setreg() with an option to set the unnamed
-register "", So that registers can be saved and fully restored.
-(Andy Massimino, 2018 Aug 24, #3370)
-
 Line numbers in profile are off when function was defined with ":execute".
 (Daniel Hahler, #4511)
 
-Add a way to create an empty, hidden buffer.  Like doing ":new|hide".
-":let buf = bufcreate('name')
-
 Session file contains absolute paths when "curdir" is removed form
 'sessionoptions', making it impossible to have a session with a relative path.
 (#4450)
@@ -611,9 +628,6 @@ C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error.
 Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg().  Where was this
 added?
 
-Patch to add a flatten() function.  #3676.  Check that the doc explains the
-maxdepth argument (applies to the input "recursiveness").
-
 Add test for urxvt mouse codes.  Also test that mouse coordinates can be
 negative. (see #4326)
 
@@ -684,11 +698,6 @@ punctuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
 
 ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550).
 
-Patch to add more info to OptionSet.  Should mention what triggered the change
-":set", ":setlocal", ":setglobal", "modeline"; and the old global value.
-#4118.  Proposed implementation: 2019 Mar 27.
-Updated 2019 May 25.
-
 Using single wide base character with double wide composing character gives
 drawing errors.  Fill up the base character?  (Dominique, #4328)
 
@@ -739,26 +748,13 @@ Neovim uses "eob:X" in 'fillchars'.
 Sourceforge Vim pages still have content, redirect from empty page.
 Check for PHP errors. (Wayne Davison, 2018 Oct 26)
 
-Patch to support ":tag <tagkind> <tagname>". (emmrk, 2018 May 7, #2871)
-Use something like ":tag {kind}/{tagname}".
-Not ready to include.
-
 Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
 Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
 Nov 17)  Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
 
-Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978)  Still not good.
-
 Patch to fix that using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on
 screen lines but on text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095)  Lacks a test.
 
-Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
-  Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed?
-  Not ready to include.
-
-Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp".
-Patch #2405 does something like this, but in the wrong way.
-
 home_replace() uses $HOME instead of "homedir". (Cesar Martins, 2018 Aug 9)
 
 When the status line uses term_gettitle(), it does not get updated when the
@@ -786,7 +782,7 @@ Further xdiff changes:
 Difference between two regexp engines: #3373
 
 Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639)
-What is the practical use for this?
+What is the practical use for this?  Need an example.
 
 When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only
 includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)
@@ -810,8 +806,6 @@ when adding a sign for every quickfix entry. (#4557)
 Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
 mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?
 
-Patch to "fix" 'visualbell'. Add option to set delay?  (#1789)
-
 Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with
 modified buffers
   change "silent only" into "silent only!"
@@ -901,9 +895,6 @@ deleting autocmds, not when adding them.
 
 Alternative manpager.vim. (Enno, 2018 Jan 5, #2529)
 
-Delete all the specific stuff for the Borland compiler? (#3374)
-Patch in #3377 (Thomas Dziedzic)
-
 With 'foldmethod' "indent" and appending an empty line, what follows isn't
 included in the existing fold.  Deleting the empty line and undo fixes it.
 (Oleg Koshovetc, 2018 Jul 15, #3214)
@@ -1068,6 +1059,7 @@ The ":move" command does not honor closed folds. (Ryan Lue, #2351)
 
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
+Was this fixed?
 
 Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300)
 
@@ -1099,7 +1091,7 @@ Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)
 
 Creating a partial with an autoload function is confused about the "self"
 attribute of the function.  For an unknown function assume "self" and make
-that optiona? (Bjorn Linse, 2017 Aug 5)
+that optional? (Bjorn Linse, 2017 Aug 5)
 
 Cindent: returning a structure has more indent for the second item.
 (Sam Pagenkopf, 2017 Sep 14, #2090)
@@ -1137,8 +1129,6 @@ Or is this not an actual problem?
 
 Better TeX indent file. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 May 3)
 
-Patch to use a separate code for BS on Windows. (Linwei, #1823)
-
 Use gvimext.dll from the nightly build? (Issue #249)
 
 'synmaxcol' works with bytes instead of screen cells. (Llandon, 2017 May 31,
@@ -1240,20 +1230,13 @@ Make a function to check for function-like type?
 Screen updated delayed when using CTRL-O u in Insert mode.
 (Barlik, #1191)  Perhaps because status message?
 
-Implement named arguments for functions:
+Implement named arguments for functions with optional arguments:
-    func Foo(start, count = 1 all = 1)
+    func Foo(start, count = 1, all = 1)
     call Foo(12, all = 0)
 
 Add a command to take a range of lines, filter them and put the output
 somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 
-Patch to fix that empty first tab is not in session.
-(Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Nov 25, #1282)
-
-Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
-Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
-Update Aug 2017: #1954
-
 The TermResponse event is not triggered when a plugin has set 'eventignore' to
 "all".  Netrw does this. (Gary Johnson, 2017 Jan 24)
 Postpone the event until 'eventignore' is reset.
@@ -1329,6 +1312,8 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 - Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
   available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
   ch_status() to check for more.
+- If buffer contents is changed in a callback, set w_redr_status so that it
+  gets redrawn in redraw_after_callback(). #6120
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
   msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1415,11 +1400,6 @@ Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
 3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
 Also see #1635.
 
-Patch for systemlist(), add empty item. (thinca, Sep 30, #1135)
-Add an argument to choose binary or non-binary (like readfile()), when omitted
-use the current behavior.
-Include the test.
-
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
@@ -1429,9 +1409,6 @@ Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
 Could store in logfile to be able to analyse it with an external command.
 E.g. to see when's the last time a plugin command was used.
 
-execute() cannot be used with command completion. (Daniel Hahler, 2016 Oct 1,
-#1141)
-
 cmap using execute() has side effects. (Killthemule, 2016 Aug 17, #983)
 
 :map X may print invalid data. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2017 Jul 3, #1816)
@@ -1444,17 +1421,9 @@ synced.  (Ryan Carney, 2016 Sep 14)
 Syntax highlighting for messages with RFC3339 timestamp (#946)
 Did maintainer reply?
 
-Patch to avoid problem with special characters in file name.
-(Shougo, 2016 Sept 19, #1099)  Not finished?
-
 ml_get errors when reloading file. (Chris Desjardins, 2016 Apr 19)
 Also with latest version.
 
-Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)
-
-Patch to add ":syn foldlevel" to use fold level further down the line.
-(Brad King, 2016 Oct 19, update 2017 Jan 30)
-
 Completion for input() does not expand environment variables. (chdiza, 2016
 Jul 25, #948)
 
@@ -1463,14 +1432,9 @@ names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
-'hlsearch' interferes with a Conceal match. (Rom Grk, 2016 Aug 9)
-
 MS-Windows: use WS_HIDE instead of SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE in os_win32.c?
 Otherwise task flickers in taskbar.
 
-Should make ":@r" handle line continuation. (Cesar Romani, 2016 Jun 26)
-Also for ":@.".
-
 Repeating 'opfunc' in a function only works once. (Tarmean, 2016 Jul 15, #925)
 
 Have a way to get the call stack, in a function and from an exception.
@@ -1479,14 +1443,10 @@ Have a way to get the call stack, in a function and from an exception.
 Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple
 times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5)
 
-Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
-
 Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
 
 Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
 
-Patch for syntax folding optimization. (Shougo, 2016 Sep 6, #1045)
-
 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
 the last change in any buffer?  Can we use ', (, is next to .)?
 
@@ -1501,8 +1461,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
-Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
-
 Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
 No test, needs some work to include.
 
@@ -1543,11 +1501,6 @@ Mechelynck)  Perhaps use exists("::tearoff") to check?
 Use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, but without ":" in
 'iskeyword' for syntax.
 
-Patch to make "%:h:h" return "." instead of the full path.
-(Coot, 2016 Jan 24, #592)
-
-Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? What could possibly go wrong?
-
 When command names are very long :command output is difficult to read.  Use a
 maximum for the column width?  (#871)
 Patcy by varmanishant, 2016 Jun 18, #876
@@ -1577,20 +1530,10 @@ If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
 
-Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)
-
 When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
 restore the mode properly. (Andrew Stewart, 2016 Apr 20)
 Do not trigger the event?
 
-Using ":windo" to set options in all windows has the side effect that it
-changes the window layout and the current window.  Make a variant that saves
-and restores.  Use in the matchparen plugin.
-Perhaps we can use ":windo <restore> {cmd}"?
-Patch to add <restore> to :windo, :bufdo, etc. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan
-6, 2nd message)
-Alternative: ":keeppos" command modifier: ":keeppos windo {cmd}".
-
 Patch to fix display of listchars on the cursorline. (Nayuri Aohime, 2013)
 Update suggested by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 25:
 https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
@@ -1619,10 +1562,6 @@ Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 
 Comparing nested structures with "==" uses a different comparator than when
 comparing individual items.
-Also, "'' == 0" evaluates to true, which isn't nice.
-Add "===" to have a strict comparison (type and value match).
-Add "==*" (?) to have a value match, but no automatic conversion, and v:true
-equals 1 and 1.0, v:false equals 0 and 0.0.?
 
 Using uninitialized memory. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Nov 4)
 
@@ -1793,8 +1732,6 @@ arguments.
 
 Problem with transparent and matchgroup.  Issue #475
 
-Patch to add :arglocal and :arglists. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2014 Aug 6)
-
 Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
 0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
 New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
@@ -1821,8 +1758,11 @@ from?
 Problem with upwards search on Windows (works OK on Linux). (Brett Stahlman,
 2014 Jun 8)
 
-Include a plugin manager with Vim? Neobundle seems to be the best currently.
+Include a plugin manager with Vim? vim-plug seems to be the best currently:
+https://github.com/junegunn/vim-plug.
 Also Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
+Or minpac: https://github.com/k-takata/minpac, since it leverages the builtin
+package feature.
 Long message about this from ZyX, 2014 Mar 23.  And following replies.
 Also see http://vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
 User view:
@@ -1877,6 +1817,7 @@ instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
 
 Patch for XDG base directory support. (Jean François Bignolles, 2014 Mar 4)
 Remark on the docs.  Should not be a compile time feature.  But then what?
+Also see #2034.
 
 Completion of ":e" is ":earlier", should be ":edit".  Complete to the matching
 command instead of doing this alphabetically. (Mikel Jorgensen)
@@ -1938,6 +1879,10 @@ Patch to add {lhs} to :mapclear: clear all maps starting with {lhs}.
 
 Exception caused by argument of return is not caught by try/catch.
 (David Barnett, 2013 Nov 19)
+Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
+(ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
+try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15)
+try/catch not working when inside a for loop. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 25)
 
 Patch to fix that 'cedit' is recognized after :normal. (Christian Brabandt,
 2013 Mar 19, later message)
@@ -1973,6 +1918,8 @@ process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
 a reboot.
 
 patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
+Patch to add "combine" to :syntax, combines highlight attributes. (Nate
+Soares, 2012 Dec 3)
 
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
@@ -2010,13 +1957,6 @@ Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble.  Keep it off until after
 loading all files.
 
-MS-Windows resizing problems:
-- Windows window on screen positioning: Patch by Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jun
-  20.  Uses getWindowRect() instead of GetWindowPlacement()
-- Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar
-  causes the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan
-  12) Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
-
 'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
 Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
@@ -2142,11 +2082,6 @@ Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 BT regexp engine: After trying a \@> match and failing, submatches are not
 cleared.  See test64.
 
-Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
-effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
-Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
-https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/enable_spellchecking
-
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -2165,12 +2100,6 @@ doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX,  2011 Sep 18)
 
 Behavior of i" and a" text objects isn't logical. (Ben Fritz, 2013 Nov 19)
 
-maparg() does not show the <script> flag.  When temporarily changing a
-mapping, how to restore the script ID?
-
-Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
-(ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
-
 When setting a local option value from the global value, add a script ID that
 indicates this, so that ":verbose set" can give a hint.  Check with options in
 the help file.
@@ -2359,9 +2288,6 @@ Add local time at start of --startuptime output.
 Requires configure check for localtime().
 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec.
 
-Patch to add "combine" to :syntax, combines highlight attributes. (Nate
-Soares, 2012 Dec 3)
-
 Patch to make ":hi link" also take arguments. (Nate Soares, 2012 Dec 4)
 
 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3)
@@ -2556,6 +2482,9 @@ Sergey Khorev)
 
 Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked text
 part of standard Vim.  The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient.
+6   When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the
+    previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting).  What
+    register names to use?  g"1, g"2, etc.?
 
 After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not
 correct.  Don't use it in the swap file.
@@ -2762,10 +2691,6 @@ Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct
 In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about what
 each choice does.  Similar to  ":help swap-exists-choices"
 
-try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15)
-
-try/catch not working when inside a for loop. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 25)
-
 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window.
 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
@@ -3335,7 +3260,7 @@ Quickfix/Location List:
     ":grep" and ":helpgrep".
     More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function).
 7   Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the
-    first quickfix location.  ":cbefore"?
+    first quickfix location.
 
 Vi incompatibility:
 -   Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7)
@@ -3372,7 +3297,6 @@ Vi incompatibility:
 7   The ":map" command output overwrites the command.  Perhaps it should keep
     the ":map" when it's used without arguments?
 7   CTRL-L is not the end of a section?  It is for Posix!  Make it an option.
-7   Implement 'prompt' option.	Init to off when stdin is not a tty.
 7   Add a way to send an email for a crashed edit session.  Create a file when
     making changes (containing name of the swap file), delete it when writing
     the file.  Supply a program that can check for crashed sessions (either
@@ -3550,8 +3474,6 @@ GUI:
     Solaris 2.6. (Marley)
 9   On Solaris: Using a "-geometry" argument, bigger than the window where Vim
     is started from, causes empty lines below the cmdline. (raf)
-8   X11 GUI: When menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', ALT key
-    should not be used to trigger a menu (like the Win32 version).
 8   When setting 'langmenu', it should be effective immediately.  Store both
     the English and the translated text in the menu structure.  Re-generate
     the translation when 'langmenu' has changed.
@@ -3590,10 +3512,6 @@ GUI:
     When the "+0+0" is omitted it works.
 8   When starting an external command, and 'guipty' set, BS and DEL are mixed
     up.  Set erase character somehow?
-8   A dead circumflex followed by a space should give the '^' character
-    (Rommel).  Look how xterm does this.
-    Also: Bednar has some code for dead key handling.
-    Also: Nedit 5.0.2 with USE_XMIM does it right. (Gaya)
 8   The compose key doesn't work properly (Cepas).  Both for Win32 and X11.
 7   The cursor in an inactive window should be hollow.  Currently it's not
     visible.
@@ -3690,17 +3608,8 @@ Macintosh:
 
 
 "Small" problems:
--   Can't disable terminal flow control, to enable the use of CTRL-S and
-    CTRL-Q.  Add an option for it?
 -   When using e_secure in do_one_cmd() mention the command being executed,
     otherwise it's not clear where it comes from.
--   When the quickfix window is open and executing ":echo 'hello'" using the
-    Command-line window, the text is immediately removed by the redrawing.
-    (Michael Henry, 2008 Nov 1)
-    Generic solution: When redrawing while there is a message on the
-    cmdline, don't erase the display but draw over the existing text.
-    Other solution, redraw after closing the cmdline window, before executing
-    the command.
 9   For Turkish vim_tolower() and vim_toupper() also need to use utf_
     functions for characters below 0x80. (Sertacyildiz)
 9   When the last edited file is a help file, using '0 in a new Vim doesn't
@@ -4160,8 +4069,6 @@ Spell checking:
 -   Considering Hunspell 1.1.4:
     What does MAXNGRAMSUGS do?
     Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes?
--   Support spelling words in CamelCase as if they were two separate words.
-    Requires some option to enable it. (Timothy Knox)
 -   There is no Finnish spell checking file.  For openoffice Voikko is now
     used, which is based on Malaga: http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/
     (Teemu Likonen)
@@ -4536,8 +4443,6 @@ Vim script language:
 7   Execute a function with standard option values.  No need to save and
     restore option values.  Especially useful for new options.  Problem: how
     to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
-8   Add referring to key options with "&t_xx".  Both for "echo &t_xx" and
-    ":let &t_xx =".  Useful for making portable mappings.
 -   range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command.  (Webb)
 8   ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file.
 	You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them.
@@ -4768,8 +4673,6 @@ Messages:
 -   Delete message after new command has been entered and have waited for key.
     Perhaps after ten seconds?
 -   Make message history available in "msg" variables: msg1, msg2, .. msg9.
-8   When reading from stdin allow suppressing the "reading from stdin"
-    message.
 9   Check handling of overwriting of messages and delays:
     Very wrong: errors while redrawing cause endless loop.
     When switching to another file and screen scrolls because of the long
@@ -4948,9 +4851,6 @@ Win32 GUI:
 
 
 GUI:
-8   Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga.
--   <C--> cannot be mapped.  Should be possible to recognize this as a
-    normal "-" with the Ctrl modifier.
 7   Implement ":popup" for other systems than Windows.
 8   Implement ":tearoff" for other systems than Win32 GUI.
 6   Implement ":untearoff": hide a torn-off menu.
@@ -6060,9 +5960,6 @@ Registers:
 8   Add put command that overwrites existing text.  Should also work for
     blocks.  Useful to move text around in a table.  Works like using "R ^R r"
     for every line.
-6   When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the
-    previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting).  What
-    register names to use?  g"1, g"2, etc.?
 -   When appending to a register, also report the total resulting number of
     lines.  Or just say "99 more lines yanked", add the "more".
 -   When inserting a register in Insert mode with CTRL-R, don't insert comment

runtime/doc/usr_11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 17
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 08
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ will automatically delete it:
 - The flag that the file was modified is not set.
 - The process is not running.
 
-You can programatically deal with this situation with the |FileChangedShell|
+You can programmatically deal with this situation with the |FileChangedShell|
 autocommand event.
 
 
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ O  Open the file readonly.  Use this when you just want to view the file and
 
 E  Edit the file anyway.  Use this with caution!  If the file is being edited
    in another Vim, you might end up with two versions of the file.  Vim will
-   try to warn you when this happens, but better be safe then sorry.
+   try to warn you when this happens, but better be safe than sorry.
 
 R  Recover the file from the swap file.  Use this if you know that the swap
    file contains changes that you want to recover.

runtime/doc/usr_27.txt

@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ redefined without changing the search pattern.
 
 	/\f\+
 
-The "\f" items stands for file name characters.  Thus this matches a sequence
+The "\f" item stands for file name characters.  Thus this matches a sequence
 of characters that can be a file name.
    Which characters can be part of a file name depends on the system you are
 using.  On MS-Windows, the backslash is included, on Unix it is not.  This is

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 15
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 13
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -41,6 +41,12 @@ prefer.  And you can use any colon command in it (commands that start with a
 specific file type.  A complicated macro can be defined by a separate Vim
 script file.  You can think of other uses yourself.
 
+	If you are familiar with Python, you can find a comparison between
+	Python and Vim script here, with pointers to other documents:
+	   https://gist.github.com/yegappan/16d964a37ead0979b05e655aa036cad0
+	And if you are familiar with Javascript:
+	   https://w0rp.com/blog/post/vim-script-for-the-javascripter/
+
 Let's start with a simple example: >
 
 	:let i = 1
@@ -93,6 +99,8 @@ and the value of the variable i.  Since i is one, this will print:
 Then there is the ":let i += 1" command.  This does the same thing as
 ":let i = i + 1".  This adds one to the variable i and assigns the new value
 to the same variable.
+Note: this is how it works in legacy Vim script, which is what we discuss in
+this file.  In Vim9 script it's a bit different, see |usr_46.txt|.
 
 The example was given to explain the commands, but would you really want to
 make such a loop, it can be written much more compact: >
@@ -631,6 +639,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	deepcopy()		make a full copy of a List
 	filter()		remove selected items from a List
 	map()			change each List item
+	reduce()		reduce a List to a value
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
 	uniq()			remove copies of repeated adjacent items
@@ -644,6 +653,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	min()			minimum value in a List
 	count()			count number of times a value appears in a List
 	repeat()		repeat a List multiple times
+	flatten()		flatten a List
 
 Dictionary manipulation:				*dict-functions*
 	get()			get an entry without an error for a wrong key
@@ -687,6 +697,7 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	sinh()			hyperbolic sine
 	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
 	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent
+	isinf()			check for infinity
 	isnan()			check for not a number
 
 Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
@@ -695,6 +706,8 @@ Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	or()			bitwise OR
 	xor()			bitwise XOR
 	sha256()		SHA-256 hash
+	rand()			get a pseudo-random number
+	srand()			initialize seed used by rand()
 
 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
@@ -724,6 +737,7 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
+	getmarklist()		list of global/local marks
 	byte2line()		get line number at a specific byte count
 	line2byte()		byte count at a specific line
 	diff_filler()		get the number of filler lines above a line
@@ -743,6 +757,7 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	prevnonblank()		find previous non-blank line
 	search()		find a match for a pattern
 	searchpos()		find a match for a pattern
+	searchcount()		get number of matches before/after the cursor
 	searchpair()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchpairpos()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchdecl()		search for the declaration of a name
@@ -790,6 +805,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
 	readdir()		get a List of file names in a directory
+	readdirex()		get a List of file information in a directory
 	writefile()		write a List of lines or Blob into a file
 
 Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
@@ -826,9 +842,11 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	listener_remove()	remove a listener callback
 	win_findbuf()		find windows containing a buffer
 	win_getid()		get window ID of a window
+	win_gettype()		get type of window
 	win_gotoid()		go to window with ID
 	win_id2tabwin()		get tab and window nr from window ID
 	win_id2win()		get window nr from window ID
+	win_splitmove()		move window to a split of another window
 	getbufinfo()		get a list with buffer information
 	gettabinfo()		get a list with tab page information
 	getwininfo()		get a list with window information
@@ -905,6 +923,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	getchar()		get a character from the user
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
 	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
+	echoraw()		output characters as-is
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
 	inputlist()		let the user pick an entry from a list
@@ -946,6 +965,7 @@ Mappings and Menus:			    *mapping-functions*
 	hasmapto()		check if a mapping exists
 	mapcheck()		check if a matching mapping exists
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
+	mapset()		restore a mapping
 	menu_info()		get information about a menu item
 	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
 
@@ -966,11 +986,13 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
 	test_garbagecollect_now()   free memory right now
+	test_garbagecollect_soon()  set a flag to free memory soon
 	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
+	test_null_function()	return a null Funcref
 	test_null_job()		return a null Job
 	test_null_list()	return a null List
 	test_null_partial()	return a null Partial function
@@ -980,6 +1002,10 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_feedinput()	add key sequence to input buffer
 	test_option_not_set()	reset flag indicating option was set
 	test_scrollbar()	simulate scrollbar movement in the GUI
+	test_refcount()		return an expression's reference count
+	test_srand_seed()	set the seed value for srand()
+	test_unknown()		return a value with unknown type
+	test_void()		return a value with void type
 
 Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_canread()		check if there is something to read
@@ -991,8 +1017,8 @@ Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_readraw()		read a raw message from a channel
 	ch_sendexpr()		send a JSON message over a channel
 	ch_sendraw()		send a raw message over a channel
-	ch_evalexpr()		evaluates an expression over channel
+	ch_evalexpr()		evaluate an expression over channel
-	ch_evalraw()		evaluates a raw string over channel
+	ch_evalraw()		evaluate a raw string over channel
 	ch_status()		get status of a channel
 	ch_getbufnr()		get the buffer number of a channel
 	ch_getjob()		get the job associated with a channel
@@ -1005,7 +1031,7 @@ Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	js_encode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
 	js_decode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
 
-Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
+Jobs:						*job-functions*
 	job_start()		start a job
 	job_stop()		stop a job
 	job_status()		get the status of a job
@@ -1048,6 +1074,7 @@ Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_setkill()		set signal to stop job in a terminal
 	term_setrestore()	set command to restore a terminal
 	term_setsize()		set the size of a terminal
+	term_setapi()		set terminal JSON API function name prefix
 
 Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_create()		create popup centered in the screen
@@ -1066,9 +1093,13 @@ Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_close()		close one popup
 	popup_clear()		close all popups
 	popup_filter_menu()	select from a list of items
-	popup_filter_yesno()	blocks until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
+	popup_filter_yesno()	block until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
 	popup_getoptions()	get current options for a popup
 	popup_getpos()		get actual position and size of a popup
+	popup_findinfo()	get window ID for popup info window
+	popup_findpreview()	get window ID for popup preview window
+	popup_list()		get list of all popup window IDs
+	popup_locate()		get popup window ID from its screen position
 
 Timers:						*timer-functions*
 	timer_start()		create a timer
@@ -1088,8 +1119,27 @@ Prompt Buffer:					*promptbuffer-functions*
 	prompt_setinterrupt()	set interrupt callback for a buffer
 	prompt_setprompt()	set the prompt text for a buffer
 
+Text Properties:				*text-property-functions*
+	prop_add()		attach a property at a position
+	prop_clear()		remove all properties from a line or lines
+	prop_find()		search for a property
+	prop_list()		return a list of all properties in a line
+	prop_remove()		remove a property from a line
+	prop_type_add()		add/define a property type
+	prop_type_change()	change properties of a type
+	prop_type_delete()	remove a text property type
+	prop_type_get()		return the properties of a type
+	prop_type_list()	return a list of all property types
+
+Sound:							*sound-functions*
+	sound_clear()		stop playing all sounds
+	sound_playevent()	play an event's sound
+	sound_playfile()	play a sound file
+	sound_stop()		stop playing a sound
+
 Various:					*various-functions*
 	mode()			get current editing mode
+	state()			get current busy state
 	visualmode()		last visual mode used
 	exists()		check if a variable, function, etc. exists
 	has()			check if a feature is supported in Vim
@@ -1098,6 +1148,10 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	did_filetype()		check if a FileType autocommand was used
 	eventhandler()		check if invoked by an event handler
 	getpid()		get process ID of Vim
+	getimstatus()		check if IME status is active
+	interrupt()		interrupt script execution
+	windowsversion()	get MS-Windows version
+	terminalprops()		properties of the terminal
 
 	libcall()		call a function in an external library
 	libcallnr()		idem, returning a number
@@ -1106,6 +1160,7 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	undotree()		return the state of the undo tree
 
 	getreg()		get contents of a register
+	getreginfo()		get information about a register
 	getregtype()		get type of a register
 	setreg()		set contents and type of a register
 	reg_executing()		return the name of the register being executed
@@ -1115,12 +1170,14 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 
 	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer
 
-	luaeval()		evaluate Lua expression
+	luaeval()		evaluate |Lua| expression
 	mzeval()		evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 	perleval()		evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
 	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
 	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
 	pyxeval()		evaluate |python_x| expression
+	rubyeval()		evaluate |Ruby| expression
+
 	debugbreak()		interrupt a program being debugged
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/usr_45.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-*usr_45.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2008 Nov 15
+*usr_45.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
-			     Select your language
+			Select your language (locale)
 
 
 The messages in Vim can be given in several languages.  This chapter explains
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ in various languages is explained.
 |45.4|	Editing files with a different encoding
 |45.5|	Entering language text
 
-     Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
+     Next chapter: |usr_46.txt|  Write plugins using Vim9 script
  Previous chapter: |usr_44.txt|  Your own syntax highlighted
 Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 
@@ -408,6 +408,6 @@ Don't type the spaces.  See |i_CTRL-V_digit| for the details.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
+Next chapter: |usr_46.txt|  Write plugins using Vim9 script
 
 Copyright: see |manual-copyright|  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/usr_46.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+*usr_46.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 14
+
+		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
+
+		       Write plugins using Vim9 script
+
+
+The Vim9 script language is used for writing plugins, especially larger ones
+that use multiple files.  This chapter explains how to split up a plugin into
+modules, import and export items and keep the rest local.
+
+|46.1|	Introduction
+|46.2|	Variable declarations
+|46.3|	Functions and types
+|46.?|	Using a Vim9 script from legacy script
+
+     Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
+ Previous chapter: |usr_45.txt|  Select your language (locale)
+Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
+
+==============================================================================
+*46.1*	Introduction				*vim9-script-intro*
+
+Vim9 script was designed to make it easier to write large Vim scripts.  It
+looks more like other script languages, especially Typescript.  Also,
+functions are compiled into instructions that can be executed quickly.  This
+makes Vim9 script a lot faster, up to a 100 times.
+
+The basic idea is that a script file has items that are private, only used
+inside the script file, and items that are exported, used outside of the
+script file.  The exported items can then be used by scripts that import them.
+That makes very clear what is defined where.
+
+Let's start with an example, a script that exports one function and has one
+private function: >
+
+	vim9script  " This indicates a Vim9 script file, 
+
+	export def GetMessage(): string
+	   let result = ''
+	   ...
+	   result = GetPart(count)
+	   ...
+	   return result
+	enddef
+
+	def GetPart(nr: number): string
+	  if nr == 4
+	     return 'yes'
+	  else
+	     return 'no'
+	  endif
+	enddef
+
+The `vim9script` command must be the very first command in the file.  Without
+it Vim will assume legacy script syntax.
+
+The `export def GetMessage(): string` line starts with `export`, meaning that
+this function can be imported and called by other scripts. The line
+`def GetPart(...` does not start with `export`, this is a script-local
+function, it can only be used inside this script file.
+
+In the `export def GetMessage(): string` line you will notice the colon and
+the return type.  Vim9 functions, defined with `def`, require specifying the
+type of arguments and the return type.  That way Vim can compile the code
+efficiently.  The GetPart function defines an argument "nr" of type "number".
+
+Notice that the assignment `result = GetPart(count)` does not use the `let`
+command.  That is explained in the next section.
+
+==============================================================================
+*46.2*	Variable declarations				*vim9-declarations*
+
+In Vim9 script variables are declared once with a `:let` or `:const` command.
+Assigning a value is done without `:let` and it is not possible to `:unlet`
+the variable.
+
+In most cases you will want to declare the variable and initialize it at the
+same time: >
+	let myText = 'some text'
+	...
+	myText = 'other text'
+
+The type of the variable will be inferred from the expression.  In this case
+it is a string.  If you initialize with a number, then the type is number: >
+	let myNumber = 1234
+	...
+	myNumber = 0
+
+If you try to assign a string to this variable, you will get an error: >
+	let myNumber = 'this fails!'
+
+In the rare case you want a variable that can take values of any type, you
+have to specify the type: >
+	let myVar: any = 1234
+	myVar = 'text also works'
+
+You can also declare a variable without assigning a value.  In that case Vim
+will initialize it to zero or empty: >
+	let word: string
+	if condition
+	  word = 'yes'
+	else
+	  word = 'no'
+	endif
+
+Although it's shorter to do: >
+	let word = condition ? 'yes' : 'no'
+
+==============================================================================
+*46.3*	Functions and types
+
+Legacy Vim script does have type checking, but this happens at runtime, when
+the code is executed.  And it's permissive, often a computation gives an
+unexpected value instead of reporting an error.  Thus you can define a
+function and think it's fine, but see a problem only later when it is called: >
+	let s:collected = ''
+	func ExtendAndReturn(add)
+	   let s:collected += a:add
+	   return s:collected
+	endfunc
+
+Can you spot the error?  Try this: >
+	echo ExtendAndReturn('text')
+And you'll see zero.  Why?  Because in legacy Vim script "+=" will convert the
+arguments to numbers, and any string without a number results in zero!
+
+With `:def` the type checking happens when compiling the function.  For that
+you need to specify the argument types and the return type.  Also notice that
+the argument is used without the "a:" prefix: >
+	let s:collected = ''
+	def ExtendAndReturn(add: string): string
+	   s:collected += add
+	   return s:collected
+	enddef
+	defcompile
+
+Here we use `:defcompile` to do the compilation right away, without it the
+compilation would happen when the function is called.  Vim will tell you what
+you did wrong: >
+	E1013: type mismatch, expected number but got string
+
+Vim9 script is strict, it uses the "+" operator only for numbers and floats.
+For string concatenation ".." must be used.  This avoids mistakes and avoids
+the automatic conversion that gave a surprising result above.  So you change
+the first line of the function to: >
+	   s:collected ..= add
+And now it works.
+
+If the function does not return anything, just leave out the return type: >
+	def ReportResult(result: string)
+	   echo 'The result is: ' .. result
+	enddef
+
+This is also checked, if you try to return a value you'll get an error.
+
+In case you don't care about types or have a function that does work with
+multiple types, you can use the "any" type: >
+	def Store(key: string, value: any)
+	  resultDict[key] = value
+	enddef
+
+==============================================================================
+*46.?*	Using a Vim9 script from legacy script		*source-vim9-script*
+
+In some cases you have a legacy Vim script where you want to use items from a
+Vim9 script.  For example in your .vimrc you want to initialize a plugin.  The
+best way to do this is to use `:import`.  For example: >
+
+	import Init as NiceInit from 'myNicePlugin.vim'
+	call NiceInit('today')
+
+This finds the exported function "Init" in the Vim9 script file and makes it
+available as script-local item "NiceInit". `:import` always uses the script
+namespace, even when "s:" is not given.  If "myNicePlugin.vim" was already
+sourced it is not sourced again.
+
+Besides avoiding putting any items in the global namespace (where name clashes
+can cause unexpected errors), this also means the script is sourced only once,
+no matter how many times items from it are imported.
+
+In some cases, e.g. for testing, you may just want to source the Vim9 script.
+That is OK, but then only global items will be available.  The Vim9 script
+will have to make sure to use a unique name for these global items. Example: >
+	source ~/.vim/extra/myNicePlugin.vim
+	call g:NicePluginTest()
+
+==============================================================================
+
+Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
+
+Copyright: see |manual-copyright|  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/usr_90.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_90.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2008 Sep 10
+*usr_90.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ upgrading to a new version is done.
 |90.4|	Common installation issues
 |90.5|	Uninstalling Vim
 
- Previous chapter: |usr_45.txt|  Select your language
+ Previous chapter: |usr_46.txt|  Write plugins using Vim9 script
 Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ We will use "82" here, which is version 8.2.
 This is all you need for the second method.  Just launch the executable, and
 follow the prompts.
 
-For the first method you must chose one of the binary archives.  These are
+For the first method you must choose one of the binary archives.  These are
 available:
 
 	gvim82.zip		The normal MS-Windows GUI version.

runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_toc.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 24
+*usr_toc.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ Tuning Vim
 |usr_42.txt|  Add new menus
 |usr_43.txt|  Using filetypes
 |usr_44.txt|  Your own syntax highlighted
-|usr_45.txt|  Select your language
+|usr_45.txt|  Select your language (locale)
+|usr_46.txt|  Write plugins using Vim9 script
 
 Making Vim Run
 |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
@@ -339,6 +340,12 @@ Make Vim work as you like it.
 		|45.4|	Editing files with a different encoding
 		|45.5|	Entering language text
 
+|usr_46.txt|  Write plugins using Vim9 script
+		|46.1|	Introduction
+		|46.2|	Variable declarations
+		|46.3|	Functions and types
+		|46.?|	Using a Vim9 script from legacy script
+
 ==============================================================================
 Making Vim Run ~
 

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 13
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -251,14 +251,20 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			it to append a Vim command.  See |:bar|.
 
 			If {cmd} contains "%" it is expanded to the current
-			file name.  Special characters are not escaped, use
+			file name, "#" is expanded to the alternate file name.
-			quotes to avoid their special meaning: >
+			Special characters in the file name are not escaped,
+			use quotes to avoid their special meaning: >
 				:!ls "%"
-<			If the file name contains a "$" single quotes might
+<			If the file name contains a "$" then single quotes
-			work better (but a single quote causes trouble): >
+			might work better, but this only works if the file
+			name does not contain a single quote: >
 				:!ls '%'
 <			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
 				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+<			To get a literal "%" or "#" prepend it with a
+			backslash.  For example, to list all files starting
+			with "%": >
+				:!ls \%*
 <
 			A newline character ends {cmd}, what follows is
 			interpreted as a following ":" command.  However, if
@@ -464,7 +470,7 @@ B  *+vartabs*		Variable-width tabstops. |'vartabstop'|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
    *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
 			since 8.0.1118.
-N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
+N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'| Always enabled since 8.1.826.
 T  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 T  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
@@ -748,7 +754,7 @@ up mappings to simulate the commands that less supports.  Otherwise, you can
 still use the Vim commands.
 
 This isn't perfect.  For example, when viewing a short file Vim will still use
-the whole screen.  But it works good enough for most uses, and you get syntax
+the whole screen.  But it works well enough for most uses, and you get syntax
 highlighting.
 
 The "h" key will give you a short overview of the available commands.

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -7882,7 +7882,7 @@ Files:	    src/buffer.c, src/ex_cmds.c, src/fileio.c, src/globals.h,
 Patch 6.1.221
 Problem:    Changing case may not work properly, depending on the current
 	    locale.
-Solution:   Add the 'casemap' option to let the user chose how changing case
+Solution:   Add the 'casemap' option to let the user choose how changing case
 	    is to be done.
 	    Also fix lowering case when an UTF-8 character doesn't keep the
 	    same byte length.

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version8.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 04
+*version8.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -30777,7 +30777,7 @@ Solution:   Use a double quoted string.  Add a test.
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c, src/testdir/test_mksession.vim
 
 Patch 8.1.0804
-Problem:    Crash when setting v:errmsg to empty list. (Jaon Franklin)
+Problem:    Crash when setting v:errmsg to empty list. (Jason Franklin)
 Solution:   Separate getting value and assigning result.
 Files:	    src/eval.c, src/testdir/test_eval_stuff.vim
 
@@ -33684,8 +33684,8 @@ Solution:   Also change the textprop implementation.
 Files:	    src/textprop.c
 
 Patch 8.1.1279
-Problem:    Cannot set 'spellang' to "sr@latin". (Bojan Stipic)
+Problem:    Cannot set 'spelllang' to "sr@latin". (Bojan Stipic)
-Solution:   Allow using '@' in 'spellang'. (closes #4342)
+Solution:   Allow using '@' in 'spelllang'. (closes #4342)
 Files:	    src/option.c, src/testdir/gen_opt_test.vim
 
 Patch 8.1.1280

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ Support for different systems.
 	- Amiga (500, 1000, 1200, 2000, 3000, 4000, ...).
 	- MS-Windows
 	- VMS
-	- BeOS
 	- Macintosh
 	- IBM OS/390
 	Note that on some systems features need to be disabled to reduce
@@ -162,7 +161,7 @@ Graphical User Interface (GUI).				|gui|
 	define your own menus.  Better support for CTRL/SHIFT/ALT keys in
 	combination with special keys and mouse.  Supported for various
 	platforms, such as X11 (with Motif and Athena interfaces), GTK, Win32
-	(Windows 95 and later), BeOS, Amiga and Macintosh.
+	(Windows XP and later), Amiga and Macintosh.
 
 Multiple windows and buffers.				|windows.txt|
 	Vim can split the screen into several windows, each editing a

runtime/doc/vim-da.1

@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Se ":help search\-pattern" for tilg
 {kommando} fortolkes som en Ex-kommando.
 Hvis {kommando} indeholder mellemrum, s<> skal den omsluttes af
 dobbelte citationstegn (det afh<66>nger af den skal der bruges).
-Eksempel: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Eksempel: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Bem<EFBFBD>rk: Du kan bruge op til 10 "+"- eller "\-c"-kommandoer.
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-da.UTF-8.1

@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Se ":help search\-pattern" for tilgængelige søgemønstre.
 {kommando} fortolkes som en Ex-kommando.
 Hvis {kommando} indeholder mellemrum, så skal den omsluttes af
 dobbelte citationstegn (det afhænger af den skal der bruges).
-Eksempel: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Eksempel: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Bemærk: Du kan bruge op til 10 "+"- eller "\-c"-kommandoer.
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-fr.1

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Ex
 {commande} est interpr<70>t<EFBFBD>e comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit <20>tre entour<75>e
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela d<>pend du shell utilis<69>).
-Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'<27> 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Exécute {commande} après la lecture du premier fichier.
 {commande} est interprétée comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit être entourée
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela dépend du shell utilisé).
-Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-it.1

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ primo file
 {comando} <20> interpretato come un comando Ex.
 Se il {comando} contiene spazi deve essere incluso fra doppi apici
 (o altro delimitatore, a seconda della shell che si sta usando).
-Esempio: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Esempio: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note: Si possono avere fino a 10 comandi "+" o "\-c".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-it.UTF-8.1

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ primo file è stato letto.
 {comando} è interpretato come un comando Ex.
 Se il {comando} contiene spazi deve essere incluso fra doppi apici
 (o altro delimitatore, a seconda della shell che si sta usando).
-Esempio: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Esempio: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note: Si possono avere fino a 10 comandi "+" o "\-c".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-pl.1

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ wzorce wyszukiwania.
 {polecenie} jest interpretowane jako polecenie Ex.
 Je<EFBFBD>li {poleceni} zawiera bia<69>e znaki musi by<62> umieszczone w podw<64>jnych
 cudzys<EFBFBD>owach (zale<6C>y to od u<>ywanej pow<6F>oki).
-Przyk<EFBFBD>ad: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Przyk<EFBFBD>ad: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Uwaga: Mo<4D>na u<>y<EFBFBD> do 10 polece<63> "+" lub "\-c".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-pl.UTF-8.1

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ wzorce wyszukiwania.
 {polecenie} jest interpretowane jako polecenie Ex.
 Jeśli {poleceni} zawiera białe znaki musi być umieszczone w podwójnych
 cudzysłowach (zależy to od używanej powłoki).
-Przykład: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Przykład: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Uwaga: Można użyć do 10 poleceń "+" lub "\-c".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+.TH VIM 1 "11 Nisan 2006"
+.SH AD
+vim \- Vi IMproved, bir programc<6D>n<EFBFBD>n metin d<>zenleyicisi
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] \-
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] \-t etiket
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] \-q [hatadosyas<61>]
+.PP
+.br
+.B ex
+.br
+.B view
+.br
+.B gvim
+.B gview
+.B evim
+.B eview
+.br
+.B rvim
+.B rview
+.B rgvim
+.B rgview
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vim,
+Vi ile yukar<61>ya do<64>ru uyumlu olan bir metin d<>zenleyicisidir.
+Her t<>r d<>z metni d<>zenlemede kullan<61>labilir.
+<EFBFBD>zellikle programlar<61> d<>zenlemede yararl<72>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Vi <20>zerine yap<61>lm<6C><6D> bir<69>ok geli<6C>tirme ve iyile<6C>tirmeyi i<>erir:
+<EFBFBD>ok d<>zeyli geri alma, <20>oklu pencereler ve arabellekler, s<>zdizim vurgulama,
+komut sat<61>r<EFBFBD> d<>zenleme, dosya ad<61> tamamlama, <20>evrimi<6D>i yard<72>m, g<>rsel se<73>im vb.
+.B Vim
+ve Vi aras<61>ndaki de<64>i<EFBFBD>ikliklerin bir <20>zeti i<>in ":help vi_diff.txt"
+dosyas<EFBFBD>na bir g<>z at<61>n.
+.PP
+.B Vim'i
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>rken gerekli olan yard<72>m<EFBFBD>n <20>o<EFBFBD>u <20>evrimi<6D>i yard<72>m sisteminden elde
+edilebilir. Bunun i<>in ":help" komutunu kullanabilirsiniz.
+A<EFBFBD>a<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>da <20>EVR<56>M<EFBFBD><4D><EFBFBD> YARDIM b<>l<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.
+.PP
+Genelde
+.B Vim
+tek bir dosyay<61> d<>zenlemek i<>in <20>u komutla <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r:
+.PP
+	vim dosya
+.PP
+Biraz daha a<>acak olursak:
+.PP
+	vim [se<73>enekler] [dosyalistesi]
+.PP
+E<EFBFBD>er dosya listesi sa<73>lanmam<61><6D>sa, d<>zenleyici bo<62> bir arabellek a<>ar.
+Bunun d<><64><EFBFBD>nda a<>a<EFBFBD><61>daki d<>rt se<73>enekten bir tanesi de bir veya birden <20>ok
+dosyay<EFBFBD> d<>zenlemek i<>in kullan<61>labilir.
+.TP 12
+dosya ..
+Dosya adlar<61>n<EFBFBD>n bir listesi.
+Bunlardan ilki ekrana getirilip arabelle<6C>e y<>klenir.
+<EFBFBD>mle<EFBFBD> arabelle<6C>in ilk sat<61>r<EFBFBD>nda konumland<6E>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Di<EFBFBD>er dosyalara ":next" komutu ile ge<67>ebilirsiniz.
+Ad<EFBFBD> tire ile ba<62>layan bir dosyay<61> d<>zenlemek i<>in dosya listesinin ba<62><61>na
+"\-\-" koyun.
+.TP
+\-
+D<EFBFBD>zenlenecek dosya stdin'den okunur.  Komutlar bir tty olmas<61> gereken
+stderr'den okunur.
+.TP
+\-t {etiket}
+D<EFBFBD>zenlenecek dosya ve bu dosyan<61>n ba<62>lang<6E><67> imle<6C> konumu bir "etiket"e
+dayan<EFBFBD>r, bir t<>r b<>rakt<6B><74><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>z konumu belirten bir ayra<72> gibi.
+Etiket dosyas<61>nda {etiket} aran<61>r, ili<6C>kin dosya <20>u anki dosya olur ve
+ili<EFBFBD>kin komut <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Bu genelde C programlar<61> i<>in kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r, {etiket} bu durumda bir i<>lev
+olabilir.
+Bunun sonucunda bu i<>levi i<>eren dosya o anki dosya olur ve imle<6C> bu
+i<EFBFBD>levin ba<62>lang<6E>c<EFBFBD>na konumland<6E>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help tag\-commands".
+.TP
+\-q [hatadosyas<61>]
+H<EFBFBD>zl<EFBFBD> d<>zelt kipinde ba<62>lat
+[hatadosyas<61>] okunur ve ilk hata g<>r<EFBFBD>nt<6E>lenir.
+E<EFBFBD>er [hatadosyas<61>] sa<73>lanmazsa, dosya ad<61> 'errorfile' se<73>ene<6E>inden al<61>n<EFBFBD>r
+(<28>ntan<61>ml<6D> olarak Amiga i<>in "AztecC.Err", di<64>er sistemlerde "errors.err").
+Sonraki hatalara ":cn" komutu ile ge<67>ilebilir.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help quickfix".
+.PP
+.B Vim
+girilen komutun ad<61>na g<>re de<64>i<EFBFBD>ik bi<62>imde davran<61>r (<28>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labilir h<>l<EFBFBD>
+ayn<EFBFBD> dosya olarak kalabilir).
+.TP 10
+vim
+"Normal" kip, standart <20>al<61><6C>ma bi<62>imi.
+.TP
+ex
+Ex kipinde ba<62>lat.
+"\-e" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+Normal kipe ":vi" komutu ile ge<67>ilebilir.
+.TP
+view
+Saltokunur kipte ba<62>lat.  Bu kipte dosya yaz<61>m<EFBFBD>na izin verilmez.
+"\-R" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.TP
+gvim gview
+Grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>.
+Yeni bir pencere a<>ar.
+"\-g" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.TP
+evim eview
+Kolay kipte ba<62>lat<61>lan grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>.
+Yeni bir pencere a<>ar.
+"\-y" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.TP
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Yukar<EFBFBD>daki ile ayn<79>, ancak s<>n<EFBFBD>rlamalar i<>erir.  Kabuk komutlar<61>
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>lamaz veya
+.B Vim
+ask<EFBFBD>ya al<61>namaz.
+"\-Z" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Se<EFBFBD>enekler bir s<>ra g<>zetmeksizin dosya adlar<61>ndan <20>nce veya sonra
+kullan<EFBFBD>labilir. 
+Herhangi bir de<64>i<EFBFBD>ken i<>ermeyen se<73>enekler bir tirenin ard<72>nda s<>ralanabilir.
+.TP 12
++[num]
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya i<>in imle<6C> "num" sat<61>r<EFBFBD>nda konumland<6E>r<EFBFBD>lacakt<6B>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er "num" eksikse imle<6C> en son sat<61>rda ba<62>lar.
+.TP
++/{dizge}
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya i<>in imle<6C> {dizgi}'nin ilk e<>le<6C>mesinin oldu<64>u sat<61>rda
+konumland<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>lacakt<EFBFBD>r.
+Kullan<EFBFBD>labilir arama dizgileri i<>in ":help search\-pattern" yaz<61>n.
+.TP
++{komut}
+.TP
+\-c {komut}
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya okunduktan sonra {komut} <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+{komut} bir Ex komutu olarak i<>letilir.
+E<EFBFBD>er {komut} bo<62>luk i<>eriyorsa <20>ift t<>rnak i<>erisine al<61>nmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r (bu
+kullan<EFBFBD>lan kabu<62>a ba<62>l<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>r).
+<EFBFBD>rnek: vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Not: 10 taneye kadar "+" veya "\-c" komutu kullanabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-S {dosya}
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya okunduktan sonra {dosya} kaynak al<61>n<EFBFBD>r.
+\-c "source {dosya}" bu komutun e<>de<64>eridir.
+{dosya}, '\-' ile ba<62>layamaz.
+E<EFBFBD>er {dosya} sa<73>lanmazsa "Session.vim" kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r (yaln<6C>zca \-S son
+de<EFBFBD>i<EFBFBD>ken olarak kullan<61>ld<6C><64><EFBFBD>nda i<>e yarar).
+.TP
+\-\-cmd {komut}
+"\-c" komutu gibi, ancak komut herhangi bir vimrc dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> i<>letmeden
+<EFBFBD>nce <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+"\-c" komutundan ba<62><61>ms<6D>z olarak bu komutlardan 10 taneye kadar
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>rabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-A
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+sa<EFBFBD>dan sola yaz<61>lan dosyalar<61> ve Arap<61>a klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi i<>in
+ARAP<EFBFBD>A deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>e bu se<73>enek
+.B Vim'i
+Arap<EFBFBD>a kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r ('arabic' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r).  Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-b
+<EFBFBD>kili kip.
+Bir <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labiliri veya ikili dosyay<61> d<>zenlemeye olanacak sa<73>layacak
+birka<EFBFBD> se<73>enek ayarlan<61>r.
+.TP
+\-C
+Uyumlu kip. 'compatible' se<73>ene<6E>ini ayarlar.
+Bu kipte
+.B Vim
+bir .vimrc dosyas<61> var olsa bile genelde Vi gibi davran<61>r.
+.TP
+\-d
+Kar<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>la<EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>rma kipinde ba<62>lat.
+Bir, iki, <20><> veya d<>rt adet dosya ad<61> de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni olmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.B Vim
+b<EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>n dosyalar<61> yan yana a<>ar ve aralar<61>ndaki de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklikleri g<>sterir.
+vimdiff(1) gibi <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-d {ayg<79>t}
+{ayg<79>t}'<27> bir u<>birim olarak kullanmak i<>in a<>ar.
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca Amiga'da <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+<EFBFBD>rnek:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP
+\-D
+Hata ay<61>klama kipi.  Bir beti<74>in ilk komutunu <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>rken hata ay<61>klama
+kipine ge<67>er.
+.TP
+\-e
+.B Vim'i
+Ex kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r, "ex" <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labiliri ile ayn<79> i<>levi g<>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-E
+.B Vim'i
+geli<EFBFBD>tirilmi<EFBFBD> Ex kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r, "exim" <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labiliri ile ayn<79>
+i<EFBFBD>levi g<>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-f
+<EFBFBD>nplan.  Grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD> i<>in
+.B Vim
+ba<EFBFBD>lad<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> kabuktan ayr<79>lmayacak ve kendisini <20>atallamayacakt<6B>r.
+Amiga'da,
+.B Vim
+yeni bir pencere a<>mak i<>in yeniden ba<62>lat<61>lmaz.
+Bu se<73>enek
+.B Vim
+d<EFBFBD>zenleme oturumunun bitmesini bekleyecek bir program taraf<61>ndan
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>ld<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>nda kullan<61>lmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r (<28>rn. mail).
+Amiga'da ":sh" ve ":!" komutlar<61> <20>al<61><6C>mayacakt<6B>r.
+.TP
+\-\-nofork
+<EFBFBD>nplan.  Grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD> i<>in
+.B Vim
+ba<EFBFBD>lad<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> kabuktan ayr<79>lmayacak ve kendisini <20>atallamayacakt<6B>r.
+.TP
+\-F
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+sa<EFBFBD>dan sola yaz<61>lan dosyalar<61> ve Fars<72>a klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi i<>in
+FKMAP deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>se, bu se<73>enek
+.B Vim'i
+Fars<EFBFBD>a kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r ('fkmap' ve 'rightleft' se<73>enekleri a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-g
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+grafik arabirim deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>se bu se<73>enek grafik arabirimi <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er grafik arabirim deste<74>i eklenmemi<6D>se
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-h
+Komut sat<61>r<EFBFBD> de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenleri ve se<73>enekleri <20>zerine biraz yard<72>m sa<73>lar.
+Bu komuttan sonra
+.B Vim
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>kar.
+.TP
+\-H
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+sa<EFBFBD>dan sola yaz<61>lan dosyalar<61> ve <20>branca klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi i<>in
+RIGHTLEFT deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>se, bu se<73>enek 
+.B Vim'i
+<EFBFBD>branca kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r ('hkmap' ve 'rightleft' se<73>enekleri a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-i {viminfo}
+<EFBFBD>ntan<EFBFBD>ml<EFBFBD> "~/.viminfo" dosyas<61> yerine kullan<61>lacak olan viminfo dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD>
+belirtmek i<>in kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Bu komut ayn<79> zamanda viminfo kullan<61>m<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> atlamak i<>in de kullan<61>labilir.
+Bunun i<>in dosya ad<61> yerine "NONE" vermeniz yeterlidir.
+.TP
+\-L
+\-r ile ayn<79>.
+.TP
+\-l
+Lisp kipi.
+Bu de<64>i<EFBFBD>ken 'lisp' ve 'showmatch' se<73>eneklerini a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-m
+Dosya yazma se<73>ene<6E>i kapal<61>d<EFBFBD>r.
+\'write' se<73>ene<6E>ini s<>f<EFBFBD>rlar.
+Arabelle<EFBFBD>i h<>l<EFBFBD> de<64>i<EFBFBD>tirebilirsiniz, ancak dosyay<61> yazmak olanakl<6B> de<64>ildir.
+.TP
+\-M
+De<EFBFBD>i<EFBFBD>ikliklere izin verilmez. 'modifiable' ve 'write' se<73>enekleri kapat<61>l<EFBFBD>r,
+b<EFBFBD>ylece de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklik yap<61>lamaz ve dosyalar yaz<61>lamaz.
+Bu se<73>enekleri yeniden a<><61>p de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklik yapmay<61> etkinle<6C>tirebilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-N
+Uyumsuz kip. 'no-compatible' se<73>ene<6E>ini s<>f<EFBFBD>rlar.
+Bu se<73>enekle birlikte
+.B Vim
+biraz daha d<>zg<7A>nce <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r, ancak bir .vimrc dosyas<61> olmamas<61>na ra<72>men
+Vi ile daha az uyumludur.
+.TP
+\-n
+Bir takas dosyas<61> kullan<61>lmaz.
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>kme sonras<61> kurtarma olanakl<6B> olmayacakt<6B>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er <20>ok yava<76> bir ortamda dosya <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>yorsan<61>z (<28>rn. disket) yararl<72> olabilir.
+":set uc=0" ile de yap<61>labilir.
+Geri almak i<>in ":set uc=200" yap<61>n.
+.TP
+\-nb
+NetBeans i<>in bir d<>zenleyici sunucusu olur.  Ayr<79>nt<6E>lar i<>in belgelere bak<61>n.
+.TP
+\-o[N]
+N say<61>da pencereyi <20>st <20>ste a<>ar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya i<>in bir pencere a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-O[N]
+N say<61>da pencereyi yan yana a<>ar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya i<>in bir pencere a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-p[N]
+N say<61>da sekme a<>ar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya i<>in bir sekme a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-R
+Saltokunur kip.
+\'readonly' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Arabelle<EFBFBD>i h<>l<EFBFBD> de<64>i<EFBFBD>tirebilirsiniz, ancak yanl<6E><6C>l<EFBFBD>kla dosyan<61>n <20>zerine
+yazmaktan sizi korur.
+Dosyan<EFBFBD>n <20>zerine yazmak istemiyorsan<61>z, Ex komutuna bir <20>nlem imi ekleyin,
+<EFBFBD>rn. ":w!".
+\-R se<73>ene<6E>i ayn<79> zamanda \-n se<73>ene<6E>ini de uygular (yukar<61>da bak<61>n).
+\'readonly' se<73>ene<6E>i ":set noro" ile s<>f<EFBFBD>rlanabilir.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help 'readonly'".
+.TP
+\-r
+Takas dosyalar<61>n<EFBFBD> i<>erdikleri kurtarma bilgilerini g<>sterecek bi<62>imde listeler.
+.TP
+\-r {dosya}
+Kurtarma kipi.
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>km<EFBFBD><EFBFBD> bir d<>zenleme oturumunu takas dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> kullanarak kurtar<61>r.
+Takas dosyas<61> dosya ile ayn<79> ada iye olup sonuna ".swp" eklenmi<6D>tir.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help recovery".
+.TP
+\-s
+Sessiz kip. Yaln<6C>zca "Ex" olarak ba<62>lat<61>ld<6C><64><EFBFBD>nda veya "\-e" se<73>ene<6E>i
+"\-s" se<73>ene<6E>inden <20>nce verildi<64>inde <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-s {betikgir}
+{betikgir} betik dosyas<61> okunur.
+Dosyadaki karakterler onlar<61> siz girmi<6D>siniz gibi kabul edilir.
+Ayn<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD> ":source! {betikgir}" komutu ile de ger<65>ekle<6C>tirilebilir.
+E<EFBFBD>er dosyan<61>n sonuna d<>zenleyici <20><>kmadan <20>nce gelinirse, sonraki karakterler
+klavyeden okunur.
+.TP
+\-T {u<>birim}
+.B Vim'e
+kulland<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>z u<>birimin ad<61>n<EFBFBD> s<>yler.
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca kendili<6C>inden okunamazsa gereklidir.
+.B Vim'in
+tan<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> bir u<>birim olmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r veya termcap veya terminfo dosyas<61>nda
+tan<EFBFBD>ml<EFBFBD> olmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-u {vimrc}
+<EFBFBD>lklendirme i<>in {vimrc} dosyas<61>ndaki komutlar<61> kullan.
+Di<EFBFBD>er t<>m ilklendirmeler atlan<61>r.
+Bunu <20>zel t<>rde dosyalar<61> d<>zenlemek i<>in kullan<61>n.
+Dosya ad<61> olarak "NONE" verilirse t<>m <20>zelle<6C>tirmeler atlan<61>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in vim i<>inde ":help initialization" b<>l<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.
+.TP
+\-U {gvimrc}
+Grafik arabirim ilklendirmesi i<>in {gvimrc} dosyas<61>ndaki komutlara bak<61>n.
+Di<EFBFBD>er t<>m grafik arabirim ilklendirmeleri atlan<61>r.
+Dosya ad<61> olarak "NONE" verilirse t<>m <20>zelle<6C>tirmeler atlan<61>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in vim i<>inde ":help gui\-init" b<>l<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.
+.TP
+\-V[N]
+S<EFBFBD>zl<EFBFBD> anlat<61>m.  Hangi dosyalar<61>n kaynak al<61>nd<6E><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> ve viminfo dosyas<61>ndan
+nelerin okundu<64>unu yazd<7A>r<EFBFBD>r.  'verbose' i<>in iste<74>e ba<62>l<EFBFBD> N se<73>ene<6E>i 
+kullan<EFBFBD>labilir. <20>ntan<61>ml<6D> say<61> 10'dur.
+.TP
+\-v
+.B Vim'i
+"vi" yazarak ba<62>lat<61>rm<72><6D> gibi Vi kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r.  Bu yaln<6C>zca
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labilir "ex" oldu<64>unda bir i<>e yarar.
+.TP
+\-w {betik<69><6B>k}
+Girdi<EFBFBD>iniz t<>m karakterler siz
+.B Vim'den
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>kana de<64>in {betik<69><6B>k} dosyas<61>nda saklan<61>r.
+Bu "vim \-s" veya ":source" komutu ile kullan<61>lacak bir betik yaratmaya yarar.
+E<EFBFBD>er {betik<69><6B>k} dosyas<61> varsa karakterler dosyaya eklenir.
+.TP
+\-W {betik<69><6B>k}
+\-w gibi, ancak var olan bir dosyan<61>n <20>zerine yazar.
+.TP
+\-x
+Dosya yazarken <20>ifreleme kullan<61>r.  Bir <20>ifre girmeniz istenecektir.
+.TP
+\-X
+X sunucusuna ba<62>lanmaz.  Vim'in u<>birimde ba<62>lama s<>resini azalt<6C>r ancak pencere ba<62>l<EFBFBD><6C><EFBFBD>
+ve pano kullan<61>lamaz.
+.TP
+\-y
+.B Vim'i
+"evim" veya "eview" yazarak ba<62>lat<61>rm<72><6D> gibi kolay kipte ba<62>lat<61>r.
+.B Vim'i
+di<EFBFBD>er t<>kla ve yaz d<>zenleyicileri gibi <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-Z
+K<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD>tl<EFBFBD> kip.  Program "r" yazarak ba<62>lat<61>lm<6C><6D> gibi davran<61>r.
+.TP
+\-\-
+Se<EFBFBD>eneklerin bitti<74>ini belirtir.
+Bundan sonraki de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenler art<72>k bir dosya ad<61> olarak i<>letilir.
+Ayn<EFBFBD> zamanda '\-' ile ba<62>layan bir dosyay<61> tan<61>tmak i<>in de kullan<61>labilir.
+.TP
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca GTK grafik arabirimi: Pencere numaras<61>n<EFBFBD> stdout'a yank<6E>la.
+.TP
+\-\-help
+Yard<EFBFBD>m iletisini yazd<7A>r<EFBFBD>r ve <20><>kar, "\-h" gibi.
+.TP
+\-\-literal
+Dosya ad<61> de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenlerini ger<65>ek anlamda i<>let, joker karakterlerini
+geni<EFBFBD>letme.  Bunun kabu<62>un karakterleri kendili<6C>inden geni<6E>letti<74>i Unix'te
+bir etkisi bulunmamaktad<61>r.
+.TP
+\-\-noplugin
+Eklentileri y<>kleme.  "\-u NONE" da ayn<79> i<>levi g<>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-\-remote
+Bir Vim sunucusuna ba<62>lan ve geri kalan de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenlerde belirtilen dosyalar<61>
+d<EFBFBD>zenle. E<>er bir sunucu bulunamazsa bir uyar<61> verilir ve dosyalar <20>u anki
+Vim'de d<>zenlenir.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-expr {ifade}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna ba<62>lan ve {ifade}'yi de<64>erlendirip sonucu stdout'a yazd<7A>r.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-send {anahtarlar}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna ba<62>lan ve ona {anahtarlar} g<>nder.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-silent
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyar<61> vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak Vim dosyalar d<>zenlenene kadar <20><>kmaz.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+\-\-remote\-wait gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyar<61> vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-serverlist
+Bulunabilecek b<>t<EFBFBD>n Vim sunucular<61>n<EFBFBD> listeler.
+.TP
+\-\-servername {ad}
+{ad}'<27> bir sunucu ad<61> olarak kullan<61>r.  Bir \-\-remote de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ve
+ba<EFBFBD>lanaca<EFBFBD><EFBFBD> sunucunun ad<61> ile kullan<61>lmad<61><64><EFBFBD> s<>rece <20>u anki Vim i<>in
+kullan<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca GTK grafik arabirimi: GtkPlug mekanizmas<61>n<EFBFBD> kullanarak gvim'i ba<62>ka
+bir pencerede <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-\-version
+S<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>m bilgisini yazd<7A>r<EFBFBD>r ve <20><>kar.
+.SH <EFBFBD>EVR<EFBFBD>M<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> YARDIM
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde ":help" yazarak ba<62>lay<61>n.
+Belirli bir konu <20>zerine yard<72>m almak i<>in ":help subject" yaz<61>n.
+<EFBFBD>rne<EFBFBD>in: "ZZ" komutu <20>zerine bilgi almak i<>in ":help ZZ" yaz<61>n.
+<Tab> ve CTRL-D kullanarak konular<61> tamamlay<61>n (":help cmdline\-completion").
+Bir konumdan di<64>erini atlamak i<>in etiketler mevcuttur (bir t<>r k<>pr<70> gibi),
+ek bilgi i<>in ":help").
+T<EFBFBD>m belgelendirmeyi bu bi<62>imde okuyabilirsiniz, <20>rne<6E>in: ":help syntax.txt".
+":help syntax.txt".
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+.B Vim
+belgelendirme dosyalar<61>.
+T<EFBFBD>m listeyi g<>rmek i<>in ":help doc\-file\-list" yaz<61>n.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Belgelendirme i<>inde veri bulmak i<>in kullan<61>lan etiketler dosyas<61>.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Sistem geneli s<>zdizim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Programlama dilleri i<>in s<>zdizim dosyalar<61>.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Sistem geneli
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.vimrc
+Sizin ki<6B>isel
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Sistem geneli gvim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.gvimrc
+Sizin ki<6B>isel gvim ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+":options" komutu i<>in kullan<61>lan betik, g<>rsel se<73>enek ayarlar<61>.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+gvim i<>in sistem geneli men<65> ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Hata raporu olu<6C>turmak i<>in kullan<61>lan betik. Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help bugs".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Dosya t<>r<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> ad<61>ndan tan<61>yan betik. Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Dosya t<>r<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> i<>eri<72>inden tan<61>yan betik. Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+PostScript yazd<7A>rmas<61> i<>in kullan<61>lan dosyalar.
+.PP
+En g<>ncel bilgiler i<>in V<>M ana sayfas<61>n<EFBFBD> ziyaret edin:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde ":help credits" yaz<61>n.
+.br
+.B Vim
+Stevie tabanl<6E>d<EFBFBD>r, yazarlar<61>: Tim Thompson,
+Tony Andrews ve G.R. (Fred) Walter.
+Orijinal koddan geriye pek bir <20>ey kalmad<61><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> s<>ylemek yanl<6E><6C> olmaz.
+.SH HATALAR
+Bilinen hatalar<61>n bir listesi i<>in ":help todo" yaz<61>n.
+.PP
+Unutmay<EFBFBD>n ki, ba<62>kalar<61> taraf<61>ndan hata olarak de<64>erlendirilebilecek konular<61>n
+bir <20>o<EFBFBD>u Vi'nin davran<61><6E>lar<61>na sad<61>k kal<61>nmas<61> nedeniyle vard<72>r. Yine de
+baz<EFBFBD> <20>eylerin "Vi bunu de<64>i<EFBFBD>ik bi<62>imde yap<61>yor" diye hata olabilece<63>ini
+d<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>yorsan<EFBFBD>z, "vi_diff.txt" dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> dikkatle okuyun (veya Vim i<>inde
+:help vi_diff.txt yaz<61>n.
+Ek olarak 'compatible' ve 'cpoptions' se<73>eneklerine de bakabilirsiniz.

runtime/doc/vim-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+.TH VIM 1 "11 Nisan 2006"
+.SH AD
+vim \- Vi IMproved, bir programcının metin düzenleyicisi
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] \-
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] \-t etiket
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] \-q [hatadosyası]
+.PP
+.br
+.B ex
+.br
+.B view
+.br
+.B gvim
+.B gview
+.B evim
+.B eview
+.br
+.B rvim
+.B rview
+.B rgvim
+.B rgview
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vim,
+Vi ile yukarıya doğru uyumlu olan bir metin düzenleyicisidir.
+Her tür düz metni düzenlemede kullanılabilir.
+Özellikle programları düzenlemede yararlıdır.
+.PP
+Vi üzerine yapılmış birçok geliştirme ve iyileştirmeyi içerir:
+Çok düzeyli geri alma, çoklu pencereler ve arabellekler, sözdizim vurgulama,
+komut satırı düzenleme, dosya adı tamamlama, çevrimiçi yardım, görsel seçim vb.
+.B Vim
+ve Vi arasındaki değişikliklerin bir özeti için ":help vi_diff.txt"
+dosyasına bir göz atın.
+.PP
+.B Vim'i
+çalıştırırken gerekli olan yardımın çoğu çevrimiçi yardım sisteminden elde
+edilebilir. Bunun için ":help" komutunu kullanabilirsiniz.
+Aşağıda ÇEVRİMİÇİ YARDIM bölümüne bakın.
+.PP
+Genelde
+.B Vim
+tek bir dosyayı düzenlemek için şu komutla çalıştırılır:
+.PP
+	vim dosya
+.PP
+Biraz daha açacak olursak:
+.PP
+	vim [seçenekler] [dosyalistesi]
+.PP
+Eğer dosya listesi sağlanmamışsa, düzenleyici boş bir arabellek açar.
+Bunun dışında aşağıdaki dört seçenekten bir tanesi de bir veya birden çok
+dosyayı düzenlemek için kullanılabilir.
+.TP 12
+dosya ..
+Dosya adlarının bir listesi.
+Bunlardan ilki ekrana getirilip arabelleğe yüklenir.
+İmleç arabelleğin ilk satırında konumlandırılır.
+Diğer dosyalara ":next" komutu ile geçebilirsiniz.
+Adı tire ile başlayan bir dosyayı düzenlemek için dosya listesinin başına
+"\-\-" koyun.
+.TP
+\-
+Düzenlenecek dosya stdin'den okunur.  Komutlar bir tty olması gereken
+stderr'den okunur.
+.TP
+\-t {etiket}
+Düzenlenecek dosya ve bu dosyanın başlangıç imleç konumu bir "etiket"e
+dayanır, bir tür bıraktığınız konumu belirten bir ayraç gibi.
+Etiket dosyasında {etiket} aranır, ilişkin dosya şu anki dosya olur ve
+ilişkin komut çalıştırılır.
+Bu genelde C programları için kullanılır, {etiket} bu durumda bir işlev
+olabilir.
+Bunun sonucunda bu işlevi içeren dosya o anki dosya olur ve imleç bu
+işlevin başlangıcına konumlandırılır.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help tag\-commands".
+.TP
+\-q [hatadosyası]
+Hızlı düzelt kipinde başlat
+[hatadosyası] okunur ve ilk hata görüntülenir.
+Eğer [hatadosyası] sağlanmazsa, dosya adı 'errorfile' seçeneğinden alınır
+(öntanımlı olarak Amiga için "AztecC.Err", diğer sistemlerde "errors.err").
+Sonraki hatalara ":cn" komutu ile geçilebilir.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help quickfix".
+.PP
+.B Vim
+girilen komutun adına göre değişik biçimde davranır (çalıştırılabilir hâlâ
+aynı dosya olarak kalabilir).
+.TP 10
+vim
+"Normal" kip, standart çalışma biçimi.
+.TP
+ex
+Ex kipinde başlat.
+"\-e" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+Normal kipe ":vi" komutu ile geçilebilir.
+.TP
+view
+Saltokunur kipte başlat.  Bu kipte dosya yazımına izin verilmez.
+"\-R" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.TP
+gvim gview
+Grafik arabirim sürümü.
+Yeni bir pencere açar.
+"\-g" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.TP
+evim eview
+Kolay kipte başlatılan grafik arabirim sürümü.
+Yeni bir pencere açar.
+"\-y" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.TP
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Yukarıdaki ile aynı, ancak sınırlamalar içerir.  Kabuk komutları
+çalıştırılamaz veya
+.B Vim
+askıya alınamaz.
+"\-Z" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Seçenekler bir sıra gözetmeksizin dosya adlarından önce veya sonra
+kullanılabilir. 
+Herhangi bir değişken içermeyen seçenekler bir tirenin ardında sıralanabilir.
+.TP 12
++[num]
+İlk dosya için imleç "num" satırında konumlandırılacaktır.
+Eğer "num" eksikse imleç en son satırda başlar.
+.TP
++/{dizge}
+İlk dosya için imleç {dizgi}'nin ilk eşleşmesinin olduğu satırda
+konumlandırılacaktır.
+Kullanılabilir arama dizgileri için ":help search\-pattern" yazın.
+.TP
++{komut}
+.TP
+\-c {komut}
+İlk dosya okunduktan sonra {komut} çalıştırılır.
+{komut} bir Ex komutu olarak işletilir.
+Eğer {komut} boşluk içeriyorsa çift tırnak içerisine alınmalıdır (bu
+kullanılan kabuğa bağlıdır).
+Örnek: vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Not: 10 taneye kadar "+" veya "\-c" komutu kullanabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-S {dosya}
+İlk dosya okunduktan sonra {dosya} kaynak alınır.
+\-c "source {dosya}" bu komutun eşdeğeridir.
+{dosya}, '\-' ile başlayamaz.
+Eğer {dosya} sağlanmazsa "Session.vim" kullanılır (yalnızca \-S son
+değişken olarak kullanıldığında işe yarar).
+.TP
+\-\-cmd {komut}
+"\-c" komutu gibi, ancak komut herhangi bir vimrc dosyasını işletmeden
+önce çalıştırılır.
+"\-c" komutundan bağımsız olarak bu komutlardan 10 taneye kadar
+çalıştırabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-A
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+sağdan sola yazılan dosyaları ve Arapça klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi için
+ARAPÇA desteği ile derlenmişe bu seçenek
+.B Vim'i
+Arapça kipinde başlatır ('arabic' seçeneği açılır).  Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip çıkar.
+.TP
+\-b
+İkili kip.
+Bir çalıştırılabiliri veya ikili dosyayı düzenlemeye olanacak sağlayacak
+birkaç seçenek ayarlanır.
+.TP
+\-C
+Uyumlu kip. 'compatible' seçeneğini ayarlar.
+Bu kipte
+.B Vim
+bir .vimrc dosyası var olsa bile genelde Vi gibi davranır.
+.TP
+\-d
+Karşılaştırma kipinde başlat.
+Bir, iki, üç veya dört adet dosya adı değişkeni olmalıdır.
+.B Vim
+bütün dosyaları yan yana açar ve aralarındaki değişiklikleri gösterir.
+vimdiff(1) gibi çalışır.
+.TP
+\-d {aygıt}
+{aygıt}'ı bir uçbirim olarak kullanmak için açar.
+Yalnızca Amiga'da çalışır.
+Örnek:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP
+\-D
+Hata ayıklama kipi.  Bir betiğin ilk komutunu çalıştırırken hata ayıklama
+kipine geçer.
+.TP
+\-e
+.B Vim'i
+Ex kipinde başlatır, "ex" çalıştırılabiliri ile aynı işlevi görür.
+.TP
+\-E
+.B Vim'i
+geliştirilmiş Ex kipinde başlatır, "exim" çalıştırılabiliri ile aynı
+işlevi görür.
+.TP
+\-f
+Önplan.  Grafik arabirim sürümü için
+.B Vim
+başladığı kabuktan ayrılmayacak ve kendisini çatallamayacaktır.
+Amiga'da,
+.B Vim
+yeni bir pencere açmak için yeniden başlatılmaz.
+Bu seçenek
+.B Vim
+düzenleme oturumunun bitmesini bekleyecek bir program tarafından
+başlatıldığında kullanılmalıdır (örn. mail).
+Amiga'da ":sh" ve ":!" komutları çalışmayacaktır.
+.TP
+\-\-nofork
+Önplan.  Grafik arabirim sürümü için
+.B Vim
+başladığı kabuktan ayrılmayacak ve kendisini çatallamayacaktır.
+.TP
+\-F
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+sağdan sola yazılan dosyaları ve Farsça klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi için
+FKMAP desteği ile derlenmişse, bu seçenek
+.B Vim'i
+Farsça kipinde başlatır ('fkmap' ve 'rightleft' seçenekleri açılır).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip çıkar.
+.TP
+\-g
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+grafik arabirim desteği ile derlenmişse bu seçenek grafik arabirimi çalıştırır.
+Eğer grafik arabirim desteği eklenmemişse
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve çıkar.
+.TP
+\-h
+Komut satırı değişkenleri ve seçenekleri üzerine biraz yardım sağlar.
+Bu komuttan sonra
+.B Vim
+çıkar.
+.TP
+\-H
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+sağdan sola yazılan dosyaları ve İbranca klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi için
+RIGHTLEFT desteği ile derlenmişse, bu seçenek 
+.B Vim'i
+İbranca kipinde başlatır ('hkmap' ve 'rightleft' seçenekleri açılır).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve çıkar.
+.TP
+\-i {viminfo}
+Öntanımlı "~/.viminfo" dosyası yerine kullanılacak olan viminfo dosyasını
+belirtmek için kullanılır.
+Bu komut aynı zamanda viminfo kullanımını atlamak için de kullanılabilir.
+Bunun için dosya adı yerine "NONE" vermeniz yeterlidir.
+.TP
+\-L
+\-r ile aynı.
+.TP
+\-l
+Lisp kipi.
+Bu değişken 'lisp' ve 'showmatch' seçeneklerini açar.
+.TP
+\-m
+Dosya yazma seçeneği kapalıdır.
+\'write' seçeneğini sıfırlar.
+Arabelleği hâlâ değiştirebilirsiniz, ancak dosyayı yazmak olanaklı değildir.
+.TP
+\-M
+Değişikliklere izin verilmez. 'modifiable' ve 'write' seçenekleri kapatılır,
+böylece değişiklik yapılamaz ve dosyalar yazılamaz.
+Bu seçenekleri yeniden açıp değişiklik yapmayı etkinleştirebilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-N
+Uyumsuz kip. 'no-compatible' seçeneğini sıfırlar.
+Bu seçenekle birlikte
+.B Vim
+biraz daha düzgünce çalışır, ancak bir .vimrc dosyası olmamasına rağmen
+Vi ile daha az uyumludur.
+.TP
+\-n
+Bir takas dosyası kullanılmaz.
+Çökme sonrası kurtarma olanaklı olmayacaktır.
+Eğer çok yavaş bir ortamda dosya çalışıyorsanız (örn. disket) yararlı olabilir.
+":set uc=0" ile de yapılabilir.
+Geri almak için ":set uc=200" yapın.
+.TP
+\-nb
+NetBeans için bir düzenleyici sunucusu olur.  Ayrıntılar için belgelere bakın.
+.TP
+\-o[N]
+N sayıda pencereyi üst üste açar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya için bir pencere açar.
+.TP
+\-O[N]
+N sayıda pencereyi yan yana açar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya için bir pencere açar.
+.TP
+\-p[N]
+N sayıda sekme açar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya için bir sekme açar.
+.TP
+\-R
+Saltokunur kip.
+\'readonly' seçeneği açılır.
+Arabelleği hâlâ değiştirebilirsiniz, ancak yanlışlıkla dosyanın üzerine
+yazmaktan sizi korur.
+Dosyanın üzerine yazmak istemiyorsanız, Ex komutuna bir ünlem imi ekleyin,
+örn. ":w!".
+\-R seçeneği aynı zamanda \-n seçeneğini de uygular (yukarıda bakın).
+\'readonly' seçeneği ":set noro" ile sıfırlanabilir.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help 'readonly'".
+.TP
+\-r
+Takas dosyalarını içerdikleri kurtarma bilgilerini gösterecek biçimde listeler.
+.TP
+\-r {dosya}
+Kurtarma kipi.
+Çökmüş bir düzenleme oturumunu takas dosyasını kullanarak kurtarır.
+Takas dosyası dosya ile aynı ada iye olup sonuna ".swp" eklenmiştir.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help recovery".
+.TP
+\-s
+Sessiz kip. Yalnızca "Ex" olarak başlatıldığında veya "\-e" seçeneği
+"\-s" seçeneğinden önce verildiğinde çalışır.
+.TP
+\-s {betikgir}
+{betikgir} betik dosyası okunur.
+Dosyadaki karakterler onları siz girmişsiniz gibi kabul edilir.
+Aynısı ":source! {betikgir}" komutu ile de gerçekleştirilebilir.
+Eğer dosyanın sonuna düzenleyici çıkmadan önce gelinirse, sonraki karakterler
+klavyeden okunur.
+.TP
+\-T {uçbirim}
+.B Vim'e
+kullandığınız uçbirimin adını söyler.
+Yalnızca kendiliğinden okunamazsa gereklidir.
+.B Vim'in
+tanıdığı bir uçbirim olmalıdır veya termcap veya terminfo dosyasında
+tanımlı olmalıdır.
+.TP
+\-u {vimrc}
+İlklendirme için {vimrc} dosyasındaki komutları kullan.
+Diğer tüm ilklendirmeler atlanır.
+Bunu özel türde dosyaları düzenlemek için kullanın.
+Dosya adı olarak "NONE" verilirse tüm özelleştirmeler atlanır.
+Ek bilgi için vim içinde ":help initialization" bölümüne bakın.
+.TP
+\-U {gvimrc}
+Grafik arabirim ilklendirmesi için {gvimrc} dosyasındaki komutlara bakın.
+Diğer tüm grafik arabirim ilklendirmeleri atlanır.
+Dosya adı olarak "NONE" verilirse tüm özelleştirmeler atlanır.
+Ek bilgi için vim içinde ":help gui\-init" bölümüne bakın.
+.TP
+\-V[N]
+Sözlü anlatım.  Hangi dosyaların kaynak alındığını ve viminfo dosyasından
+nelerin okunduğunu yazdırır.  'verbose' için isteğe bağlı N seçeneği 
+kullanılabilir. Öntanımlı sayı 10'dur.
+.TP
+\-v
+.B Vim'i
+"vi" yazarak başlatırmış gibi Vi kipinde başlatır.  Bu yalnızca
+çalıştırılabilir "ex" olduğunda bir işe yarar.
+.TP
+\-w {betikçık}
+Girdiğiniz tüm karakterler siz
+.B Vim'den
+çıkana değin {betikçık} dosyasında saklanır.
+Bu "vim \-s" veya ":source" komutu ile kullanılacak bir betik yaratmaya yarar.
+Eğer {betikçık} dosyası varsa karakterler dosyaya eklenir.
+.TP
+\-W {betikçık}
+\-w gibi, ancak var olan bir dosyanın üzerine yazar.
+.TP
+\-x
+Dosya yazarken şifreleme kullanır.  Bir şifre girmeniz istenecektir.
+.TP
+\-X
+X sunucusuna bağlanmaz.  Vim'in uçbirimde başlama süresini azaltır ancak pencere başlığı
+ve pano kullanılamaz.
+.TP
+\-y
+.B Vim'i
+"evim" veya "eview" yazarak başlatırmış gibi kolay kipte başlatır.
+.B Vim'i
+diğer tıkla ve yaz düzenleyicileri gibi çalıştırır.
+.TP
+\-Z
+Kısıtlı kip.  Program "r" yazarak başlatılmış gibi davranır.
+.TP
+\-\-
+Seçeneklerin bittiğini belirtir.
+Bundan sonraki değişkenler artık bir dosya adı olarak işletilir.
+Aynı zamanda '\-' ile başlayan bir dosyayı tanıtmak için de kullanılabilir.
+.TP
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Yalnızca GTK grafik arabirimi: Pencere numarasını stdout'a yankıla.
+.TP
+\-\-help
+Yardım iletisini yazdırır ve çıkar, "\-h" gibi.
+.TP
+\-\-literal
+Dosya adı değişkenlerini gerçek anlamda işlet, joker karakterlerini
+genişletme.  Bunun kabuğun karakterleri kendiliğinden genişlettiği Unix'te
+bir etkisi bulunmamaktadır.
+.TP
+\-\-noplugin
+Eklentileri yükleme.  "\-u NONE" da aynı işlevi görür.
+.TP
+\-\-remote
+Bir Vim sunucusuna bağlan ve geri kalan değişkenlerde belirtilen dosyaları
+düzenle. Eğer bir sunucu bulunamazsa bir uyarı verilir ve dosyalar şu anki
+Vim'de düzenlenir.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-expr {ifade}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna bağlan ve {ifade}'yi değerlendirip sonucu stdout'a yazdır.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-send {anahtarlar}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna bağlan ve ona {anahtarlar} gönder.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-silent
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyarı vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak Vim dosyalar düzenlenene kadar çıkmaz.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+\-\-remote\-wait gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyarı vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-serverlist
+Bulunabilecek bütün Vim sunucularını listeler.
+.TP
+\-\-servername {ad}
+{ad}'ı bir sunucu adı olarak kullanır.  Bir \-\-remote değişkeni ve
+bağlanacağı sunucunun adı ile kullanılmadığı sürece şu anki Vim için
+kullanılır.
+.TP
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Yalnızca GTK grafik arabirimi: GtkPlug mekanizmasını kullanarak gvim'i başka
+bir pencerede çalıştır.
+.TP
+\-\-version
+Sürüm bilgisini yazdırır ve çıkar.
+.SH ÇEVRİMİÇİ YARDIM
+.B Vim
+içinde ":help" yazarak başlayın.
+Belirli bir konu üzerine yardım almak için ":help subject" yazın.
+Örneğin: "ZZ" komutu üzerine bilgi almak için ":help ZZ" yazın.
+<Tab> ve CTRL-D kullanarak konuları tamamlayın (":help cmdline\-completion").
+Bir konumdan diğerini atlamak için etiketler mevcuttur (bir tür köprü gibi),
+ek bilgi için ":help").
+Tüm belgelendirmeyi bu biçimde okuyabilirsiniz, örneğin: ":help syntax.txt".
+":help syntax.txt".
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+.B Vim
+belgelendirme dosyaları.
+Tüm listeyi görmek için ":help doc\-file\-list" yazın.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Belgelendirme içinde veri bulmak için kullanılan etiketler dosyası.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Sistem geneli sözdizim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Programlama dilleri için sözdizim dosyaları.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Sistem geneli
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.vimrc
+Sizin kişisel
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Sistem geneli gvim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.gvimrc
+Sizin kişisel gvim ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+":options" komutu için kullanılan betik, görsel seçenek ayarları.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+gvim için sistem geneli menü ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Hata raporu oluşturmak için kullanılan betik. Ek bilgi için: ":help bugs".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Dosya türünü adından tanıyan betik. Ek bilgi için: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Dosya türünü içeriğinden tanıyan betik. Ek bilgi için: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+PostScript yazdırması için kullanılan dosyalar.
+.PP
+En güncel bilgiler için VİM ana sayfasını ziyaret edin:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için
+.B Vim
+içinde ":help credits" yazın.
+.br
+.B Vim
+Stevie tabanlıdır, yazarları: Tim Thompson,
+Tony Andrews ve G.R. (Fred) Walter.
+Orijinal koddan geriye pek bir şey kalmadığını söylemek yanlış olmaz.
+.SH HATALAR
+Bilinen hataların bir listesi için ":help todo" yazın.
+.PP
+Unutmayın ki, başkaları tarafından hata olarak değerlendirilebilecek konuların
+bir çoğu Vi'nin davranışlarına sadık kalınması nedeniyle vardır. Yine de
+bazı şeylerin "Vi bunu değişik biçimde yapıyor" diye hata olabileceğini
+düşünüyorsanız, "vi_diff.txt" dosyasını dikkatle okuyun (veya Vim içinde
+:help vi_diff.txt yazın.
+Ek olarak 'compatible' ve 'cpoptions' seçeneklerine de bakabilirsiniz.

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ See ":help search\-pattern" for the available search patterns.
 {command} is interpreted as an Ex command.
 If the {command} contains spaces it must be enclosed in double quotes (this
 depends on the shell that is used).
-Example: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Example: vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note: You can use up to 10 "+" or "\-c" commands.
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ OPTIONS
                    read.   {command}  is interpreted as an Ex command.  If the
                    {command} contains spaces it must  be  enclosed  in  double
                    quotes  (this depends on the shell that is used).  Example:
-                   Vim "+set si" main.c
+                   vim "+set si" main.c
                    Note: You can use up to 10 "+" or "-c" commands.
 
        -S {file}   {file} will be sourced after the first file has been  read.

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 09
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
 Vim script has been growing over time, while preserving backwards
 compatibility.  That means bad choices from the past often can't be changed
-and compability with Vi restricts possible solutions.  Execution is quite
+and compatibility with Vi restricts possible solutions.  Execution is quite
 slow, each line is parsed every time it is executed.
 
 The main goal of Vim9 script is to drastically improve performance.  This is
@@ -41,9 +41,10 @@ A secondary goal is to avoid Vim-specific constructs and get closer to
 commonly used programming languages, such as JavaScript, TypeScript and Java.
 
 The performance improvements can only be achieved by not being 100% backwards
-compatible.  For example, in a function the arguments are not available in the
+compatible.  For example, making function arguments available in the
-"a:" dictionary, because creating that dictionary adds quite a lot of
+"a:" dictionary adds quite a lot of overhead.  In a Vim9 function this
-overhead.  Other differences are more subtle, such as how errors are handled.
+dictionary is not available.  Other differences are more subtle, such as how
+errors are handled.
 
 The Vim9 script syntax and semantics are used in:
 - a function defined with the `:def` command
@@ -63,15 +64,24 @@ THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
 Comments starting with # ~
 
-In Vim script comments normally start with double quote.  That can also be the
+In legacy Vim script comments start with double quote.  In Vim9 script
-start of a string, thus in many places it cannot be used.  In Vim9 script a
+comments start with #. >
-comment can also start with #.  In Vi this is a command to list text with
+	# declarations
-numbers, but you can also use `:number` for that. >
+	let count = 0  # number of occurrences
-	let count = 0  # number of occurences
 
-To improve readability there must be a space between the command and the #
+The reason is that a double quote can also be the start of a string. In many
+places, especially halfway an expression with a line break, it's hard to tell
+what the meaning is, since both a string and a comment can be followed by
+arbitrary text.  To avoid confusion only # comments are recognized.  This is
+the same as in shell scripts and Python programs.
+
+In Vi # is a command to list text with numbers.  In Vim9 script you can use
+`:number` for that. >
+	101 number
+
+To improve readability there must be a space between a command and the #
 that starts a comment.  Note that #{ is the start of a dictionary, therefore
-it cannot start a comment.
+it does not start a comment.
 
 
 Vim9 functions ~
@@ -79,19 +89,23 @@ Vim9 functions ~
 A function defined with `:def` is compiled.  Execution is many times faster,
 often 10x to 100x times.
 
-Many errors are already found when compiling, before the function is called.
+Many errors are already found when compiling, before the function is executed.
 The syntax is strict, to enforce code that is easy to read and understand.
 
-`:def` has no extra arguments like `:function` does: "range", "abort", "dict"
+Compilation is done when the function is first called, or when the
-or "closure".  A `:def` function always aborts on an error, does not get a
+`:defcompile` command is encountered in the script where the function was
-range passed and cannot be a "dict" function.
+defined. `:disassemble` also compiles the function.
+
+`:def` has no options like `:function` does: "range", "abort", "dict" or
+"closure".  A `:def` function always aborts on an error, does not get a range
+passed and cannot be a "dict" function.
 
 The argument types and return type need to be specified.  The "any" type can
 be used, type checking will then be done at runtime, like with legacy
 functions.
 
 Arguments are accessed by name, without "a:".  There is no "a:" dictionary or
-"a:000" list.
+"a:000" list.  Just like any other language.
 
 Variable arguments are defined as the last argument, with a name and have a
 list type, similar to Typescript.  For example, a list of numbers: >
@@ -101,12 +115,16 @@ list type, similar to Typescript.  For example, a list of numbers: >
 
 
 Functions and variables are script-local by default ~
-
+							*vim9-scopes*
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a new function at the script level
 in a Vim9 script, the function is local to the script, as if "s:" was
-prefixed.  Using the "s:" prefix is optional.
+prefixed.  Using the "s:" prefix is optional.  To define or use a global
-
+function or variable the "g:" prefix must be used.  For functions in an
-To define or use a global function or variable the "g:" prefix must be used.
+autoload script the "name#" prefix is sufficient. >
+	def ThisFunction()          # script-local
+	def s:ThisFunction()        # script-local
+	def g:ThatFunction()	    # global
+	def scriptname#function()   # autoload
 
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a new function inside a function,
 the function is local to the function.  It is not possible to define a
@@ -118,8 +136,8 @@ search for the function in this order:
 - Local to the current scope and outer scopes up to the function scope.
 - Local to the current script file.
 - Imported functions, see `:import`.
-In all cases the function must be defined before used.  To make a call cycle a
+In all cases the function must be defined before used.  That is when it is
-global function needs to be used. (TODO: can we fix this?)
+first called or when `:defcompile` causes the call to be compiled.
 
 The result is that functions and variables without a namespace can always be
 found in the script, either defined there or imported.  Global functions and
@@ -127,61 +145,11 @@ variables could be defined anywhere (good luck finding where!).
 
 Global functions can be still be defined and deleted at nearly any time.  In
 Vim9 script script-local functions are defined once when the script is sourced
-and cannot be deleted.
+and cannot be deleted or replaced.
-
-
-Four phases when loading a Vim9 script ~
-
-In legacy script the functions are created when encountered, but parsed only
-when used.  This allows for defining functions in any order and having them
-call each other, so long as the function is defined when it is called: >
-	func One()
-	   call Two()
-	endfunc
-	func Two()
-	   if cond
-	      call One()  " recursive call
-	   endif
-	endfunc
-	call One()
-
-In Vim9 script the functions are compiled.  When using the same functions as
-the above example it is not possible to compile function One without knowing
-that function Two exists. Or this would require a runtime check, which is slow
-and does not allow for compile time type checking.
-
-When sourcing a Vim9 script this happens in four phases:
-1. Cleanup: If the script was sourced before all script-local variables,
-   imports and functions are deleted.
-2. Discovery: The script is read and declarations of functions, imports and
-   variables are recognized and the type is parsed.  Variable initializers
-   that are a constant are evaluated, this can also give the type of the
-   variable.
-3. Compilation: Functions are compiled.  The script-local functions, imports
-   and variables from the discovery phase are found and types are checked.
-4. Execution: the commands in the script are executed, top to bottom.
-   Functions are skipped over, they do do not need to be processed again.
-   Variable initializers are evaluated when encountered.  Note that if a
-   function called earlier has set the value this will be over-written. It is
-   best to declare variables before where they are used to avoid confusion.
-
-The result is that items defined at the script level can be used anywhere in
-the script. This allows for putting the main function at the top: >
-	def Main()
-	  SubOne()
-	  SubTwo()
-	enddef
-	def SubOne()
-	  ...
-	def SubTwo()
-	  ...
-
-Note that script-local variables should either have a type defined or have a
-constant initializer.  Otherwise an error is given for the type being unknown.
 
 
 Variable declarations with :let and :const ~
-
+							*vim9-declaration*
 Local variables need to be declared with `:let`.  Local constants need to be
 declared with `:const`.  We refer to both as "variables".
 
@@ -212,8 +180,8 @@ The declaration must be done earlier: >
 	endif
 	echo inner
 
-To intentionally use a variable that won't be available later, a block can be
+To intentionally avoid a variable being available later, a block can be used:
-used: >
+>
 	{
 	   let temp = 'temp'
 	   ...
@@ -221,8 +189,9 @@ used: >
 	echo temp  " Error!
 
 An existing variable cannot be assigned to with `:let`, since that implies a
-declaration.  An exception is global variables: these can be both used with
+declaration.  Global, window, tab, buffer and Vim variables can only be used
-and without `:let`, because there is no rule about where they are declared.
+without `:let`, because they are are not really declared, they can also be
+deleted with `:unlet`.
 
 Variables cannot shadow previously defined variables.
 Variables may shadow Ex commands, rename the variable if needed.
@@ -231,12 +200,19 @@ Global variables and user defined functions must be prefixed with "g:", also
 at the script level. >
 	vim9script
 	let script_local = 'text'
-	let g:global = 'value'
+	g:global = 'value'
 	let Funcref = g:ThatFunction
 
 Since "&opt = value" is now assigning a value to option "opt", ":&" cannot be
 used to repeat a `:substitute` command.
 
+							*E1092*
+Declaring more than one variable at a time, using the unpack notation, is
+currently not supported: >
+	let [v1, v2] = GetValues()  # Error!
+That is because the type needs to be inferred from the list item type, which
+isn't that easy.
+
 
 Omitting :call and :eval ~
 
@@ -245,29 +221,29 @@ Functions can be called without `:call`: >
 Using `:call` is still possible, but this is discouraged.
 
 A method call without `eval` is possible, so long as the start is an
-identifier or can't be an Ex command.  It does NOT work for string constants: >
+identifier or can't be an Ex command.  Examples: >
-	myList->add(123)		" works
+	myList->add(123)
-	g:myList->add(123)		" works
+	g:myList->add(123)
-	[1, 2, 3]->Process()		" works
+	[1, 2, 3]->Process()
-	#{a: 1, b: 2}->Process()	" works
+	#{a: 1, b: 2}->Process()
-	{'a': 1, 'b': 2}->Process()	" works
+	{'a': 1, 'b': 2}->Process()
-	"foobar"->Process()		" does NOT work
+	"foobar"->Process()
-	("foobar")->Process()		" works
+	("foobar")->Process()
-	'foobar'->Process()		" does NOT work
+	'foobar'->Process()
-	('foobar')->Process()		" works
+	('foobar')->Process()
 
-In case there is ambiguity between a function name and an Ex command, use ":"
+In rare case there is ambiguity between a function name and an Ex command, use
-to make clear you want to use the Ex command.  For example, there is both the
+":" to make clear you want to use the Ex command.  For example, there is both
-`:substitute` command and the `substitute()` function.  When the line starts
+the `:substitute` command and the `substitute()` function.  When the line
-with `substitute(` this will use the function, prepend a colon to use the
+starts with `substitute(` this will use the function. Prepend a colon to use
-command instead: >
+the command instead: >
 	:substitute(pattern (replacement (
 
 Note that while variables need to be defined before they can be used,
 functions can be called before being defined.  This is required to be able
 have cyclic dependencies between functions.  It is slightly less efficient,
 since the function has to be looked up by name.  And a typo in the function
-name will only be found when the call is executed.
+name will only be found when the function is called.
 
 
 Omitting function() ~
@@ -302,20 +278,39 @@ Function call: >
 			arg2
 			)
 
-For binary operators iin expressions not in [], {} or () a line break is
+For binary operators in expressions not in [], {} or () a line break is
-possible AFTER the operators.  For example: >
+possible just before or after the operator.  For example: >
-	let text = lead ..
+	let text = lead
-		   middle ..
+		   .. middle
-		   end
+		   .. end
 	let total = start +
 	            end -
 		    correction
-	let result = positive ?
+	let result = positive
-			PosFunc(arg) :
+			? PosFunc(arg)
-			NegFunc(arg)
+			: NegFunc(arg)
 
-Note that "enddef" cannot be used at the start of a continuation line, it ends
+For a method call using "->" and a member using a dot, a line break is allowed
-the current function.
+before it: >
+	let result = GetBuilder()
+			->BuilderSetWidth(333)
+			->BuilderSetHeight(777)
+			->BuilderBuild()
+	let result = MyDict
+			.member
+
+<							*E1050*
+To make it possible for the operator at the start of the line to be
+recognized, it is required to put a colon before a range.  This will add
+"start" and print: >
+	let result = start
+	+ print
+Like this: >
+	let result = start + print
+
+This will assign "start" and print a line: >
+	let result = start
+	:+ print
 
 It is also possible to split a function header over multiple lines, in between
 arguments: >
@@ -324,15 +319,43 @@ arguments: >
 		separator = '-'
 		): string
 
+Notes:
+- "enddef" cannot be used at the start of a continuation line, it ends the
+  current function.
+- No line break is allowed in the LHS of an assignment.  Specifically when
+  unpacking a list |:let-unpack|. This is OK: >
+  	[var1, var2] =
+		Func()
+<  This does not work: >
+  	[var1,
+	    var2] =
+		Func()
+- No line break is allowed in between arguments of an `:echo`, `:execute` and
+  similar commands.  This is OK: >
+  	echo [1,
+		2] [3,
+			4]
+<  This does not work: >
+  	echo [1, 2]
+		[3, 4]
+- No line break is allowed in the arguments of a lambda, between the "{" and
+  "->".  This is OK: >
+  	filter(list, {k, v ->
+			v > 0})
+<  This does not work: >
+  	filter(list, {k,
+			v -> v > 0})
+
 
 No curly braces expansion ~
 
 |curly-braces-names| cannot be used.
 
 
-No :append, :change or :insert ~
+No :xit, :append, :change or :insert ~
 
-These commands are too quickly confused with local variable names.
+These commands are too easily confused with local variable names.  Instead of
+`:x` or `:xit` you can use `:exit`.
 
 
 Comparators ~
@@ -348,7 +371,8 @@ Vim9 script enforces proper use of white space.  This is no longer allowed: >
 	let var =234	" Error!
 There must be white space before and after the "=": >
 	let var = 234	" OK
-White space must also be put before the # that starts a comment: >
+White space must also be put before the # that starts a comment after a
+command: >
 	let var = 234# Error!
 	let var = 234 # OK
 
@@ -398,6 +422,7 @@ The boolean operators "||" and "&&" do not change the value: >
 	0 || ''  == ''
 	8 && 2   == 2
 	0 && 2   == 0
+	2 && 0   == 0
 	[] && 2  == []
 
 When using `..` for string concatenation the arguments are always converted to
@@ -408,6 +433,51 @@ string. >
 In Vim9 script one can use "true" for v:true and "false" for v:false.
 
 
+What to watch out for ~
+							*vim9-gotchas*
+Vim9 was designed to be closer to often used programming languages, but at the
+same time tries to support the legacy Vim commands.  Some compromises had to
+be made.  Here is a summary of what might be unexpected.
+
+Ex command ranges need to be prefixed with a colon. >
+  	->		" legacy Vim: shifts the previous line to the right
+	->func()	" Vim9: method call in continuation line
+	:->		" Vim9: shifts the previous line to the right
+
+	%s/a/b		" legacy Vim: substitute on all lines
+	x = alongname
+	     % another	" Vim9: line continuation without a backslash
+	:%s/a/b		" Vim9: substitute on all lines
+	'text'->func()	" Vim9: method call
+	:'t		" legacy Vim: jump to mark m
+
+Functions defined with `:def` compile the whole function.  Legacy functions
+can bail out, and the following lines are not parsed: >
+	func Maybe()
+	  if !has('feature')
+	    return
+	  endif
+	  use-feature
+	endfunc
+Vim9 functions are compiled as a whole: >
+	def Maybe()
+	  if !has('feature')
+	    return
+	  endif
+	  use-feature  " May give compilation error
+	enddef
+For a workaround, split it in two functions: >
+	func Maybe()
+	  if has('feature')
+	    call MaybyInner()
+	  endif
+	endfunc
+	if has('feature')
+	  def MaybeInner()
+	    use-feature
+	  enddef
+	endif
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 3. New style functions					*fast-functions*
@@ -433,21 +503,33 @@ THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 			The second and third form are optional arguments.
 			When the caller omits an argument the {value} is used.
 
-			NOTE: It is possible to nest `:def` inside another
+			The function will be compiled into instructions when
-			`:def`, but it is not possible to nest `:def` inside
+			called, or when `:disassemble` or `:defcompile` is
-			`:function`, for backwards compatibility.
+			used.  Syntax and type errors will be produced at that
+			time.
 
-			[!] is used as with `:function`.
+			It is possible to nest `:def` inside another `:def` or
+			`:function` up to about 50 levels deep.
+
+			[!] is used as with `:function`.  Note that in Vim9
+			script script-local functions cannot be deleted or
+			redefined later in the same script.
 
 							*:enddef*
-:enddef			End of a function defined with `:def`.
+:enddef			End of a function defined with `:def`. It should be on
+			a line by its own.
 
 
 If the script the function is defined in is Vim9 script, then script-local
 variables can be accessed without the "s:" prefix.  They must be defined
-before the function.  If the script the function is defined in is legacy
+before the function is compiled.  If the script the function is defined in is
-script, then script-local variables must be accessed with the "s:" prefix.
+legacy script, then script-local variables must be accessed with the "s:"
+prefix.
 
+						*:defc* *:defcompile*
+:defc[ompile]		Compile functions defined in the current script that
+			were not compiled yet.
+			This will report errors found during the compilation.
 
 						*:disa* *:disassemble*
 :disa[ssemble] {func}	Show the instructions generated for {func}.
@@ -455,6 +537,22 @@ script, then script-local variables must be accessed with the "s:" prefix.
 			Note that for command line completion of {func} you
 			can prepend "s:" to find script-local functions.
 
+Limitations ~
+
+Local variables will not be visible to string evaluation.  For example: >
+	def EvalString(): list<string>
+	  let list = ['aa', 'bb', 'cc', 'dd']
+	  return range(1, 2)->map('list[v:val]')
+	enddef
+
+The map argument is a string expression, which is evaluated without the
+function scope.  Instead, use a lambda: >
+	def EvalString(): list<string>
+	  let list = ['aa', 'bb', 'cc', 'dd']
+	  return range(1, 2)->map({ _, v -> list[v] })
+	enddef
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 4. Types					*vim9-types*
@@ -480,7 +578,7 @@ Not supported yet:
 	tuple<a: {type}, b: {type}, ...>
 
 These types can be used in declarations, but no value will have this type:
-	{type}|{type}
+	{type}|{type}  {not implemented yet}
 	void
 	any
 
@@ -582,22 +680,21 @@ The original value of 'cpoptions' is restored at the end of the script.
 
 Export ~
 							*:export* *:exp*
-Exporting one item can be written as: >
+Exporting an item can be written as: >
 	export const EXPORTED_CONST = 1234
 	export let someValue = ...
 	export def MyFunc() ...
 	export class MyClass ...
 
 As this suggests, only constants, variables, `:def` functions and classes can
-be exported.
+be exported. {classes are not implemented yet}
 
-Alternatively, an export statement can be used to export several already
+							*E1042*
-defined (otherwise script-local) items: >
+`:export` can only be used in Vim9 script, at the script level.
-	export {EXPORTED_CONST, someValue, MyFunc, MyClass}
 
 
 Import ~
-							*:import* *:imp*
+						*:import* *:imp* *E1094*
 The exported items can be imported individually in another Vim9 script: >
 	import EXPORTED_CONST from "thatscript.vim"
 	import MyClass from "myclass.vim"
@@ -668,8 +765,8 @@ actually needed.  A recommended mechanism:
 
 Import in legacy Vim script ~
 
-If an `import` statement is used in legacy Vim script, for identifier the
+If an `import` statement is used in legacy Vim script, the script-local "s:"
-script-local "s:" namespace will be used, even when "s:" is not specified.
+namespace will be used for the imported item, even when "s:" is not specified.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -712,12 +809,37 @@ widely used.  The type names are what was used in Vim before, with some
 additions such as "void" and "bool".
 
 
-JavaScript/TypeScript syntax and semantics ~
+Compiling functions early ~
+
+Functions are compiled when called or when `:defcompile` is used.  Why not
+compile them early, so that syntax and type errors are reported early?
+
+The functions can't be compiled right away when encountered, because there may
+be forward references to functions defined later.  Consider defining functions
+A, B and C, where A calls B, B calls C, and C calls A again.  It's impossible
+to reorder the functions to avoid forward references.
+
+An alternative would be to first scan through the file to locate items and
+figure out their type, so that forward references are found, and only then
+execute the script and compile the functions.  This means the script has to be
+parsed twice, which is slower, and some conditions at the script level, such
+as checking if a feature is supported, are hard to use.  An attempt was made
+to see if it works, but it turned out to be impossible to make work nicely.
+
+It would be possible to compile all the functions at the end of the script.
+The drawback is that if a function never gets called, the overhead of
+compiling it counts anyway.  Since startup speed is very important, in most
+cases it's better to do it later and accept that syntax and type errors are
+only reported then.  In case these errors should be found early, e.g. when
+testing, the `:defcompile` command will help out.
+
+
+TypeScript syntax and semantics ~
 
 Script writers have complained that the Vim script syntax is unexpectedly
 different from what they are used to.  To reduce this complaint popular
-languages will be used as an example.  At the same time, we do not want to
+languages are used as an example.  At the same time, we do not want to abandon
-abandon the well-known parts of legacy Vim script.
+the well-known parts of legacy Vim script.
 
 Since Vim already uses `:let` and `:const` and optional type checking is
 desirable, the JavaScript/TypeScript syntax fits best for variable
@@ -734,7 +856,7 @@ are doing.  Some details are unexpected and can be fixed.  For example how the
 	...
 	return result || 0	" returns 1
 
-Vim9 script works like JavaScript, keep the value: >
+Vim9 script works like JavaScript/Typescript, keep the value: >
 	let result = 44
 	...
 	return result || 0	" returns 44
@@ -766,6 +888,16 @@ that works like one would expect:
   avoided.
 - The Vim-specific use of "s:" to make things script-local can be dropped.
 
+When sourcing a Vim9 script from a legacy script, only the items defined
+globally can be used, not the exported items.  Alternatives considered:
+- All the exported items become available as script-local items.  This makes
+  it uncontrollable what items get defined.
+- Use the exported items and make them global.  Disadvantage is that it's then
+  not possible to avoid name clashes in the global namespace.
+- Completely disallow sourcing a Vim9 script, require using `:import`.  That
+  makes it difficult to use scripts for testing, or sourcing them from the
+  command line to try them out.
+
 
 Classes ~
 

runtime/doc/vimdiff-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH VIMDIFF 1 "30 Mart 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimdiff \- bir dosyan<61>n d<>rt adede kadar s<>r<EFBFBD>mlerini Vim ile d<>zenle
+ve ayr<79>mlar<61>n<EFBFBD> g<>ster
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B vimdiff
+[se<73>enekler] dosya1 dosya2 [dosya3 [dosya4]]
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimdiff,
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde iki (<28><> veya d<>rt) dosyay<61> a<>ar.
+Her dosya ayr<79> pencerelerde a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Dosyalar aras<61>ndaki ayr<79>mlar vurgulan<61>r.
+B<EFBFBD>ylece de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklikler kolayca denetlenebilir ve ayn<79> dosyan<61>n ba<62>ka bir
+s<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne kolayl<79>kla aktar<61>labilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakk<6B>nda ek bilgi i<>in: vim(1)
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+olarak ba<62>lat<61>l<EFBFBD>rsa varsa grafik arabirim a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Her pencerede 'diff' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r, b<>ylece de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklikler vurgulan<61>r.
+.br
+\'wrap' ve 'scrollbind' se<73>enekleri metnin d<>zg<7A>n g<>r<EFBFBD>nmesi i<>in a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.br
+\'foldmethod' se<73>ene<6E>i "diff"e, ayarlan<61>r, b<>ylece sat<61>r aral<61>klar<61>
+k<EFBFBD>vr<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r. 'foldcolumn' se<73>ene<6E>i k<>v<EFBFBD>rmalar<61> kolay ayr<79>mlama ve a<><61>p kapama
+i<EFBFBD>in iki olarak ayarlan<61>r.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Sat<EFBFBD>rlar hizalama i<>in "\-O" se<73>ene<6E>i kullan<61>lm<6C><6D><EFBFBD>as<61>na dikey b<>l<EFBFBD>nt<6E>ler
+i<EFBFBD>inde g<>r<EFBFBD>nt<6E>lenir.
+Yatay b<>l<EFBFBD>nt<6E>ler kullanmak i<>in "\-o" kullan<61>n.
+Di<EFBFBD>er t<>m de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenler i<>in: vim(1).
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde ":help credits" yaz<61>n.

runtime/doc/vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH VIMDIFF 1 "30 Mart 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimdiff \- bir dosyanın dört adede kadar sürümlerini Vim ile düzenle
+ve ayrımlarını göster
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B vimdiff
+[seçenekler] dosya1 dosya2 [dosya3 [dosya4]]
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimdiff,
+.B Vim
+içinde iki (üç veya dört) dosyayı açar.
+Her dosya ayrı pencerelerde açılır.
+Dosyalar arasındaki ayrımlar vurgulanır.
+Böylece değişiklikler kolayca denetlenebilir ve aynı dosyanın başka bir
+sürümüne kolaylıkla aktarılabilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakkında ek bilgi için: vim(1)
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+olarak başlatılırsa varsa grafik arabirim açılır.
+.PP
+Her pencerede 'diff' seçeneği açılır, böylece değişiklikler vurgulanır.
+.br
+\'wrap' ve 'scrollbind' seçenekleri metnin düzgün görünmesi için açılır.
+.br
+\'foldmethod' seçeneği "diff"e, ayarlanır, böylece satır aralıkları
+kıvrılır. 'foldcolumn' seçeneği kıvırmaları kolay ayrımlama ve açıp kapama
+için iki olarak ayarlanır.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Satırlar hizalama için "\-O" seçeneği kullanılmışçasına dikey bölüntüler
+içinde görüntülenir.
+Yatay bölüntüler kullanmak için "\-o" kullanın.
+Diğer tüm değişkenler için: vim(1).
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için
+.B Vim
+içinde ":help credits" yazın.

runtime/doc/vimtutor-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH VIMTUTOR 1 "2 Nisan 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimtutor \- Vim e<>itmeni
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B vimtutor [\-g] [dil]
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimtutor,
+.B Vim
+e<EFBFBD>itmenini ba<62>lat<61>r.
+<EFBFBD>nce orijinal e<>itmen dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD>n bir kopyas<61>n<EFBFBD> al<61>r, b<>ylece bir de<64>i<EFBFBD>ikli<6C>e
+u<EFBFBD>ramadan de<64>i<EFBFBD>tirilebilir.
+.PP
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk
+.B Vim
+komutlar<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> <20><>renmek isteyen ki<6B>iler i<>in yararl<72>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+<EFBFBD>ste<EFBFBD>e ba<62>l<EFBFBD> \-g de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni vimtutor'u vim yerine e<>er y<>kl<6B> ise gvim ile
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>r. Y<>kl<6B> de<64>ilse a<>mak i<>in Vim kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+<EFBFBD>ste<EFBFBD>e ba<62>l<EFBFBD> [dil] de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni iki harfli dil kodunu belirtir, <20>rne<6E>in "tr"
+veya "es". E<>er [dil] de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni verilmemi<6D>se mevcut yerelle<6C>tirme
+kullan<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er bu dilde bir e<>itmen varsa kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Yoksa <20>ngilizce s<>r<EFBFBD>m kullan<61>lacakt<6B>r.
+.PP
+.B Vim
+her zaman Vi uyumlu kipte ba<62>lat<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor[.dil]
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyalar<61>.
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor.vim
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> kopyalamak i<>in kullan<61>lan betik.
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk olarak Vi i<>in Michael C. Pierce ve Robert K. Ware, 
+Colorado School of Mines taraf<61>ndan, Colorado State University'den Charles
+Smith'in verdi<64>i fikirler kullan<61>larak yaz<61>ld<6C>.
+E-posta: bware@mines.colorado.edu.
+.br
+.B Vim
+uyarlamas<EFBFBD> Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan yap<61>ld<6C>.
+<EFBFBD>evirmenlerin adlar<61> i<>in e<>itmen dosyalar<61>na bak<61>n.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIz
+vim(1)

runtime/doc/vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH VIMTUTOR 1 "2 Nisan 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimtutor \- Vim eğitmeni
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B vimtutor [\-g] [dil]
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimtutor,
+.B Vim
+eğitmenini başlatır.
+Önce orijinal eğitmen dosyasının bir kopyasını alır, böylece bir değişikliğe
+uğramadan değiştirilebilir.
+.PP
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk
+.B Vim
+komutlarını öğrenmek isteyen kişiler için yararlıdır.
+.PP
+İsteğe bağlı \-g değişkeni vimtutor'u vim yerine eğer yüklü ise gvim ile
+başlatır. Yüklü değilse açmak için Vim kullanılır.
+.PP
+İsteğe bağlı [dil] değişkeni iki harfli dil kodunu belirtir, örneğin "tr"
+veya "es". Eğer [dil] değişkeni verilmemişse mevcut yerelleştirme
+kullanılır.
+Eğer bu dilde bir eğitmen varsa kullanılır.
+Yoksa İngilizce sürüm kullanılacaktır.
+.PP
+.B Vim
+her zaman Vi uyumlu kipte başlatılır.
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor[.dil]
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyaları.
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor.vim
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyasını kopyalamak için kullanılan betik.
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk olarak Vi için Michael C. Pierce ve Robert K. Ware, 
+Colorado School of Mines tarafından, Colorado State University'den Charles
+Smith'in verdiği fikirler kullanılarak yazıldı.
+E-posta: bware@mines.colorado.edu.
+.br
+.B Vim
+uyarlaması Bram Moolenaar tarafından yapıldı.
+Çevirmenlerin adları için eğitmen dosyalarına bakın.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIz
+vim(1)

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -137,6 +137,12 @@ invert the status line.  Now it should be "sr", reverse the status line, as
 status line is inverted anyway; you will only see this problem on terminals
 that have termcap codes for italics.
 
+							*filler-lines*
+The lines after the last buffer line in a window are called filler lines.
+These lines start with a tilde (~) character. By default, these are
+highlighted as NonText (|hl-NonText|). The EndOfBuffer highlight group
+(|hl-EndOfBuffer|) can be used to change the highlighting of filler lines.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Opening and closing a window				*opening-window* *E36*
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 May 07
+" Last Change:	2020 Jun 25
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ endif
 " AHDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tdf			setf ahdl
 
+" AIDL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aidl			setf aidl
+
 " AMPL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.run			setf ampl
 
@@ -237,7 +240,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *bsd,*.bsdl		setf bsdl
 
 " Bazel (http://bazel.io)
-autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,WORKSPACE,BUILD.bazel 	setf bzl
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,WORKSPACE,BUILD.bazel	setf bzl
 if has("fname_case")
   " There is another check for BUILD further below.
   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile BUILD		setf bzl
@@ -462,7 +465,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.desc			setf desc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.d			call dist#ft#DtraceCheck()
 
 " Desktop files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.desktop,.directory	setf desktop
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.desktop,*.directory	setf desktop
 
 " Dict config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead dict.conf,.dictrc		setf dictconf
@@ -542,11 +545,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ecd			setf ecd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.e,*.E			call dist#ft#FTe()
 
 " Elinks configuration
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/elinks.conf,*/.elinks/elinks.conf	setf elinks
+au BufNewFile,BufRead elinks.conf		setf elinks
 
 " ERicsson LANGuage; Yaws is erlang too
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.erl,*.hrl,*.yaws	setf erlang
 
+" Elm
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.elm			setf elm
+
 " Elm Filter Rules file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead filter-rules		setf elmfilt
 
@@ -622,8 +628,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG,MERGE_MSG,TAG_EDITMSG 	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG,MERGE_MSG,TAG_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,/etc/gitconfig 	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,/etc/gitconfig	setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config			setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .gitmodules,*.git/modules/*/config	setf gitconfig
 if !empty($XDG_CONFIG_HOME)
@@ -767,11 +773,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inf,*.INF		setf inform
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/initng/*/*.i,*.ii	setf initng
 
 " Innovation Data Processing
-au BufRead,BufNewFile upstream.dat\c,upstream.*.dat\c,*.upstream.dat\c 	setf upstreamdat
+au BufRead,BufNewFile upstream.dat\c,upstream.*.dat\c,*.upstream.dat\c	setf upstreamdat
-au BufRead,BufNewFile fdrupstream.log,upstream.log\c,upstream.*.log\c,*.upstream.log\c,UPSTREAM-*.log\c 	setf upstreamlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile fdrupstream.log,upstream.log\c,upstream.*.log\c,*.upstream.log\c,UPSTREAM-*.log\c	setf upstreamlog
 au BufRead,BufNewFile upstreaminstall.log\c,upstreaminstall.*.log\c,*.upstreaminstall.log\c setf upstreaminstalllog
-au BufRead,BufNewFile usserver.log\c,usserver.*.log\c,*.usserver.log\c 	setf usserverlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile usserver.log\c,usserver.*.log\c,*.usserver.log\c	setf usserverlog
-au BufRead,BufNewFile usw2kagt.log\c,usw2kagt.*.log\c,*.usw2kagt.log\c 	setf usw2kagtlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile usw2kagt.log\c,usw2kagt.*.log\c,*.usw2kagt.log\c	setf usw2kagtlog
 
 " Ipfilter
 au BufNewFile,BufRead ipf.conf,ipf6.conf,ipf.rules	setf ipfilter
@@ -884,11 +890,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ll			setf lifelines
 " Lilo: Linux loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf			setf lilo
 
-" Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp, *.jl = librep Lisp)
+" Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp)
+" *.jl was removed, it's also used for Julia, better skip than guess wrong.
 if has("fname_case")
-  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,*.jl,*.L,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,*.L,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
 else
-  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,*.jl,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
 endif
 
 " SBCL implementation of Common Lisp
@@ -1069,7 +1076,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead Mutt{ng,}rc		setf muttrc
 au BufRead,BufNewfile *.n1ql,*.nql		setf n1ql
 
 " Nano
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,*.nanorc  	setf nanorc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,*.nanorc	setf nanorc
 
 " Nastran input/DMAP
 "au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat			setf nastran
@@ -1130,8 +1137,17 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ora			setf ora
 " Packet filter conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf			setf pf
 
+" Pacman Config (close enough to dosini)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf		setf dosini
+
+" Pacman hooks
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
+	\ if getline(1) == '[Trigger]' |
+	\   setf dosini |
+	\ endif
+
 " Pam conf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pam.conf		setf pamconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pam.conf			setf pamconf
 
 " Pam environment
 au BufNewFile,BufRead pam_env.conf,.pam_environment	setf pamenv
@@ -1152,7 +1168,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dpr			setf pascal
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pdf			setf pdf
 
 " PCMK - HAE - crm configure edit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pcmk 			setf pcmk
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pcmk			setf pcmk
 
 " Perl
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -1162,6 +1178,7 @@ else
 endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.plx,*.al,*.psgi		setf perl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.p6,*.pm6,*.pl6		setf perl6
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.raku,*.rakumod		setf perl6
 
 " Perl, XPM or XPM2
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pm
@@ -1291,7 +1308,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pyx,*.pxd		setf pyrex
 
 " Python, Python Shell Startup and Python Stub Files
 " Quixote (Python-based web framework)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw,.pythonstartup,.pythonrc,*.ptl,*.pyi  setf python
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw,.pythonstartup,.pythonrc  setf python
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl,*.pyi,SConstruct		   setf python
 
 " Radiance
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat		setf radiance
@@ -1613,10 +1631,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sqlj			setf sqlj
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sqr,*.sqi		setf sqr
 
 " OpenSSH configuration
-au BufNewFile,BufRead ssh_config,*/.ssh/config	setf sshconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead ssh_config,*/.ssh/config		setf sshconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/ssh_config.d/*.conf	setf sshconfig
 
 " OpenSSH server configuration
-au BufNewFile,BufRead sshd_config		setf sshdconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead sshd_config			setf sshdconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/*.conf	setf sshdconfig
 
 " Stata
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ado,*.do,*.imata,*.mata	setf stata
@@ -1638,17 +1658,18 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cm			setf voscm
 
 " Swift
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.swift			setf swift
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.swift.gyb 		setf swiftgyb
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.swift.gyb		setf swiftgyb
 
 " Swift Intermediate Language
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sil 			setf sil
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sil			setf sil
 
 " Sysctl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sysctl.conf,*/etc/sysctl.d/*.conf	setf sysctl
 
 " Systemd unit files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */systemd/*.{automount,mount,path,service,socket,swap,target,timer}	setf systemd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */systemd/*.{automount,dnssd,link,mount,netdev,network,nspawn,path,service,slice,socket,swap,target,timer}	setf systemd
 " Systemd overrides
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/systemd/*.conf.d/*.conf	setf systemd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/systemd/system/*.d/*.conf	setf systemd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/systemd/user/*.d/*.conf	setf systemd
 " Systemd temp files
@@ -2058,7 +2079,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *fvwm2rc*
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */tmp/lltmp*		call s:StarSetf('gedcom')
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */.gitconfig.d/*,/etc/gitconfig.d/* 	call s:StarSetf('gitconfig')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.gitconfig.d/*,/etc/gitconfig.d/*	call s:StarSetf('gitconfig')
 
 " Gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */gitolite-admin/conf/*	call s:StarSetf('gitolite')

runtime/ftplugin/asm.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	asm
+" Maintainer:	Colin Caine <cmcaine at the common googlemail domain>
+" Last Changed: 23 May 2020
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+
+setl comments=:;,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+setl commentstring=;%s
+
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/cpp.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C++
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2001 Jan 15
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 26
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
-" Behaves just like C
+" Behaves mostly just like C
 runtime! ftplugin/c.vim ftplugin/c_*.vim ftplugin/c/*.vim
+
+" C++ uses templates with <things>
+" Disabled, because it gives an error for typing an unmatched ">".
+" set matchpairs+=<:>
+" let b:undo_ftplugin ..= ' | setl matchpairs<'

runtime/ftplugin/diff.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Diff
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2005 Jul 27
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 18
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -13,3 +13,6 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl modeline<"
 
 " Don't use modelines in a diff, they apply to the diffed file
 setlocal nomodeline
+
+" If there are comments they start with #
+let &commentstring = "# %s"

runtime/ftplugin/elm.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Elm filetype plugin file
+" Language: Elm
+" Maintainer: Andreas Scharf <as@99n.de>
+" Latest Revision: 2020-05-29
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal comments=s1fl:{-,mb:\ ,ex:-},:--
+setlocal commentstring=--\ %s
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	Jason Franklin <vim@justemail.net>
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2020 May 07
+" Last Change: 	2020 Jun 01
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ if &filetype == "man"
     endif
     nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>ManBS :%s/.\b//g<CR>:setl nomod<CR>''
 
-    nnoremap <buffer> <c-]> :call <SID>PreGetPage(v:count)<CR>
+    nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <c-]> :call <SID>PreGetPage(v:count)<CR>
-    nnoremap <buffer> <c-t> :call <SID>PopPage()<CR>
+    nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <c-t> :call <SID>PopPage()<CR>
     nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :q<CR>
 
     " Add undo commands for the maps
@@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     endif
   endif
   if s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    let msg = "\nNo manual entry for ".page
+    let msg = 'man.vim: no manual entry for "' . page . '"'
-    if sect != ""
+    if !empty(sect)
-      let msg .= " in section ".sect
+      let msg .= ' in section ' . sect
     endif
-    echo msg
+    echomsg msg
     return
   endif
   exec "let s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth." = ".bufnr("%")

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 Aug 07
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 26
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 if !exists('*VimFtpluginUndo')
   func VimFtpluginUndo()
@@ -49,28 +49,28 @@ setlocal isk+=#
 setlocal keywordprg=:help
 
 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments
-setlocal com=sO:\"\ -,mO:\"\ \ ,eO:\"\",:\"
+setlocal com=sO:\"\ -,mO:\"\ \ ,sO:#\ -,mO:#\ \ ,eO:##,:\",:#
 
 " Format comments to be up to 78 characters long
 if &tw == 0
   setlocal tw=78
 endif
 
-" Comments start with a double quote
+" Comments start with a double quote; in Vim9 script # would also work
 setlocal commentstring=\"%s
 
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_vim_maps")
   let b:did_add_maps = 1
 
   " Move around functions.
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "bW")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "bW")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "W")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "W")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "bW")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "bW")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "W")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "W")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
 
   " Move around comments
   nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('^\(\s*".*\n\)\@<!\(\s*"\)', "W")<CR>
@@ -83,8 +83,7 @@ endif
 if exists("loaded_matchit")
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
   let b:match_words =
-	\ '\<fu\%[nction]\>:\<retu\%[rn]\>:\<endf\%[unction]\>,' .
+	\ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)\>[^(]:\<retu\%[rn]\>:\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' .
-	\ '\<def\>:\<retu\%[rn]\>:\<enddef\>,' .
  	\ '\<\(wh\%[ile]\|for\)\>:\<brea\%[k]\>:\<con\%[tinue]\>:\<end\(w\%[hile]\|fo\%[r]\)\>,' .
 	\ '\<if\>:\<el\%[seif]\>:\<en\%[dif]\>,' .
 	\ '{:},' .

runtime/indent/Makefile

@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ test:
 	VIMRUNTIME=$(VIMRUNTIME) $(VIM) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/runtest.vim
 
 
-clean:
+clean testclean:
 	rm -f testdir/*.fail testdir/*.out

runtime/indent/elm.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+" Elm indent plugin file
+" Language: Elm
+" Maintainer: Andreas Scharf <as@99n.de>
+" Original Author: Joseph Hager <ajhager@gmail.com>
+" Copyright: Joseph Hager <ajhager@gmail.com>
+" License: BSD3
+" Latest Revision: 2020-05-29
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+	finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" Local defaults
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal indentexpr=GetElmIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys+=0=else,0=if,0=of,0=import,0=then,0=type,0\|,0},0\],0),=-},0=in
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists('*GetElmIndent')
+	finish
+endif
+
+" Indent pairs
+function! s:FindPair(pstart, pmid, pend)
+	"call search(a:pend, 'bW')
+	return indent(searchpair(a:pstart, a:pmid, a:pend, 'bWn', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"'))
+endfunction
+
+function! GetElmIndent()
+	let l:lnum = v:lnum - 1
+
+	" Ident 0 if the first line of the file:
+	if l:lnum == 0
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+	let l:ind = indent(l:lnum)
+	let l:lline = getline(l:lnum)
+	let l:line = getline(v:lnum)
+
+	" Indent if current line begins with '}':
+	if l:line =~? '^\s*}'
+		return s:FindPair('{', '', '}')
+
+	" Indent if current line begins with 'else':
+	elseif l:line =~# '^\s*else\>'
+		if l:lline !~# '^\s*\(if\|then\)\>'
+			return s:FindPair('\<if\>', '', '\<else\>')
+		endif
+
+	" Indent if current line begins with 'then':
+	elseif l:line =~# '^\s*then\>'
+		if l:lline !~# '^\s*\(if\|else\)\>'
+			return s:FindPair('\<if\>', '', '\<then\>')
+		endif
+
+	" HACK: Indent lines in case with nearest case clause:
+	elseif l:line =~# '->' && l:line !~# ':' && l:line !~# '\\'
+		return indent(search('^\s*case', 'bWn')) + &shiftwidth
+
+	" HACK: Don't change the indentation if the last line is a comment.
+	elseif l:lline =~# '^\s*--'
+		return l:ind
+
+	" Align the end of block comments with the start
+	elseif l:line =~# '^\s*-}'
+		return indent(search('{-', 'bWn'))
+
+	" Indent double shift after let with an empty rhs
+	elseif l:lline =~# '\<let\>.*\s=$'
+		return l:ind + 4 + &shiftwidth
+
+	" Align 'in' with the parent let.
+	elseif l:line =~# '^\s*in\>'
+		return indent(search('^\s*let', 'bWn'))
+
+	" Align bindings with the parent let.
+	elseif l:lline =~# '\<let\>'
+		return l:ind + 4
+
+	" Align bindings with the parent in.
+	elseif l:lline =~# '^\s*in\>'
+		return l:ind
+
+	endif
+
+	" Add a 'shiftwidth' after lines ending with:
+	if l:lline =~# '\(|\|=\|->\|<-\|(\|\[\|{\|\<\(of\|else\|if\|then\)\)\s*$'
+		let l:ind = l:ind + &shiftwidth
+
+	" Add a 'shiftwidth' after lines starting with type ending with '=':
+	elseif l:lline =~# '^\s*type' && l:line =~# '^\s*='
+		let l:ind = l:ind + &shiftwidth
+
+	" Back to normal indent after comments:
+	elseif l:lline =~# '-}\s*$'
+		call search('-}', 'bW')
+		let l:ind = indent(searchpair('{-', '', '-}', 'bWn', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"'))
+
+	" Ident some operators if there aren't any starting the last line.
+	elseif l:line =~# '^\s*\(!\|&\|(\|`\|+\||\|{\|[\|,\)=' && l:lline !~# '^\s*\(!\|&\|(\|`\|+\||\|{\|[\|,\)=' && l:lline !~# '^\s*$'
+		let l:ind = l:ind + &shiftwidth
+
+	elseif l:lline ==# '' && getline(l:lnum - 1) !=# ''
+		let l:ind = indent(search('^\s*\S+', 'bWn'))
+
+	endif
+
+	return l:ind
+endfunc

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent script for HTML
-" Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2019 Mar 20
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 06
-" Version:	1.0
+" Version:	1.0 "{{{
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
 "		Supports template systems through hooks.
@@ -223,7 +222,7 @@ endfunc "}}}
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'a', 'abbr', 'acronym', 'address', 'b', 'bdo', 'big',
     \ 'blockquote', 'body', 'button', 'caption', 'center', 'cite', 'code',
-    \ 'colgroup', 'del', 'dfn', 'dir', 'div', 'dl', 'em', 'fieldset', 'font',
+    \ 'colgroup', 'dd', 'del', 'dfn', 'dir', 'div', 'dl', 'dt', 'em', 'fieldset', 'font',
     \ 'form', 'frameset', 'h1', 'h2', 'h3', 'h4', 'h5', 'h6', 'head', 'html',
     \ 'i', 'iframe', 'ins', 'kbd', 'label', 'legend', 'li',
     \ 'map', 'menu', 'noframes', 'noscript', 'object', 'ol',
@@ -587,7 +586,7 @@ func! s:Alien3()
     return eval(b:hi_js1indent)
   endif
   if b:hi_indent.scripttype == "javascript"
-    return GetJavascriptIndent()
+    return eval(b:hi_js1indent) + GetJavascriptIndent()
   else
     return -1
   endif

runtime/indent/sqlanywhere.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change By Maintainer: 2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change: by Stephen Wall, #5578, 2020 Jun 07
 " Version:     3.0
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=495
 
@@ -67,68 +68,73 @@ set cpo&vim
 " IS is excluded, since it is difficult to determine when the
 " ending block is (especially for procedures/functions).
 let s:SQLBlockStart = '^\s*\%('.
-                \ 'if\|else\|elseif\|elsif\|'.
+                \ 'if\>.*\<then\|'.
-                \ 'while\|loop\|do\|for\|'.
+                \ 'then\|else\>\|'.
-                \ 'begin\|'.
+                \ 'elseif\>.*\<then\|'.
+                \ 'elsif\>.(\<then\|'.
+                \ 'while\>.*\<loop\|'.
+                \ 'for\>.*\<loop\|'.
+                \ 'foreach\>.*\<loop\|'. 
+                \ 'loop\|do\|declare\|begin\|'.
                 \ 'case\|when\|merge\|exception'.
                 \ '\)\>'
 let s:SQLBlockEnd = '^\s*\(end\)\>'
 
-" The indent level is also based on unmatched paranethesis
+" The indent level is also based on unmatched parentheses
 " If a line has an extra "(" increase the indent
 " If a line has an extra ")" decrease the indent
-function! s:CountUnbalancedParan( line, paran_to_check )
+function! s:CountUnbalancedParen( line, paren_to_check )
     let l = a:line
     let lp = substitute(l, '[^(]', '', 'g')
     let l = a:line
     let rp = substitute(l, '[^)]', '', 'g')
 
-    if a:paran_to_check =~ ')'
+    if a:paren_to_check =~ ')'
-        " echom 'CountUnbalancedParan ) returning: ' .
+        " echom 'CountUnbalancedParen ) returning: ' .
         " \ (strlen(rp) - strlen(lp))
         return (strlen(rp) - strlen(lp))
-    elseif a:paran_to_check =~ '('
+    elseif a:paren_to_check =~ '('
-        " echom 'CountUnbalancedParan ( returning: ' .
+        " echom 'CountUnbalancedParen ( returning: ' .
         " \ (strlen(lp) - strlen(rp))
         return (strlen(lp) - strlen(rp))
     else
-        " echom 'CountUnbalancedParan unknown paran to check: ' .
+        " echom 'CountUnbalancedParen unknown paren to check: ' .
-        " \ a:paran_to_check
+        " \ a:paren_to_check
         return 0
     endif
 endfunction
 
 " Unindent commands based on previous indent level
-function! s:CheckToIgnoreRightParan( prev_lnum, num_levels )
+function! s:CheckToIgnoreRightParen( prev_lnum, num_levels )
     let lnum = a:prev_lnum
     let line = getline(lnum)
     let ends = 0
-    let num_right_paran = a:num_levels
+    let num_right_paren = a:num_levels
-    let ignore_paran = 0
+    let ignore_paren = 0
     let vircol = 1
 
-    while num_right_paran > 0
+    while num_right_paren > 0
         silent! exec 'norm! '.lnum."G\<bar>".vircol."\<bar>"
-        let right_paran = search( ')', 'W' )
+        let right_paren = search( ')', 'W' )
-        if right_paran != lnum
+        if right_paren != lnum
             " This should not happen since there should be at least
-            " num_right_paran matches for this line
+            " num_right_paren matches for this line
             break
         endif
         let vircol      = virtcol(".")
 
         " if getline(".") =~ '^)'
-        let matching_paran = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW',
+        let matching_paren = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW',
                     \ 's:IsColComment(line("."), col("."))')
 
-        if matching_paran < 1
+        if matching_paren < 1
             " No match found
             " echom 'CTIRP - no match found, ignoring'
             break
         endif
 
-        if matching_paran == lnum
+        if matching_paren == lnum
-            " This was not an unmatched parantenses, start the search again
+            " This was not an unmatched parentheses, start the search again
             " again after this column
             " echom 'CTIRP - same line match, ignoring'
             continue
@@ -136,23 +142,23 @@ function! s:CheckToIgnoreRightParan( prev_lnum, num_levels )
 
         " echom 'CTIRP - match: ' . line(".") . '  ' . getline(".")
 
-        if getline(matching_paran) =~? '\(if\|while\)\>'
+        if getline(matching_paren) =~? '\(if\|while\)\>'
             " echom 'CTIRP - if/while ignored: ' . line(".") . '  ' . getline(".")
-            let ignore_paran = ignore_paran + 1
+            let ignore_paren = ignore_paren + 1
         endif
 
         " One match found, decrease and check for further matches
-        let num_right_paran = num_right_paran - 1
+        let num_right_paren = num_right_paren - 1
 
     endwhile
 
     " Fallback - just move back one
     " return a:prev_indent - shiftwidth()
-    return ignore_paran
+    return ignore_paren
 endfunction
 
 " Based on the keyword provided, loop through previous non empty
-" non comment lines to find the statement that initated the keyword.
+" non comment lines to find the statement that initiated the keyword.
 " Return its indent level
 "    CASE ..
 "    WHEN ...
@@ -295,26 +301,26 @@ function! GetSQLIndent()
         " echom 'prevl - SQLBlockStart - indent ' . ind . '  line: ' . prevline
     elseif prevline =~ '[()]'
         if prevline =~ '('
-            let num_unmatched_left = s:CountUnbalancedParan( prevline, '(' )
+            let num_unmatched_left = s:CountUnbalancedParen( prevline, '(' )
         else
             let num_unmatched_left = 0
         endif
         if prevline =~ ')'
-            let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParan( prevline, ')' )
+            let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParen( prevline, ')' )
         else
             let num_unmatched_right  = 0
-            " let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParan( prevline, ')' )
+            " let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParen( prevline, ')' )
         endif
         if num_unmatched_left > 0
-            " There is a open left paranethesis
+            " There is a open left parenthesis
             " increase indent
             let ind = ind + ( shiftwidth() * num_unmatched_left )
         elseif num_unmatched_right > 0
-            " if it is an unbalanced paranethesis only unindent if
+            " if it is an unbalanced parenthesis only unindent if
             " it was part of a command (ie create table(..)  )
             " instead of part of an if (ie if (....) then) which should
             " maintain the indent level
-            let ignore = s:CheckToIgnoreRightParan( prevlnum, num_unmatched_right )
+            let ignore = s:CheckToIgnoreRightParen( prevlnum, num_unmatched_right )
             " echom 'prevl - ) unbalanced - CTIRP - ignore: ' . ignore
 
             if prevline =~ '^\s*)'
@@ -357,8 +363,8 @@ function! GetSQLIndent()
         " elseif line =~ '^\s*)\s*;\?\s*$'
         " elseif line =~ '^\s*)'
     elseif line =~ '^\s*)'
-        let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParan( line, ')' )
+        let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParen( line, ')' )
-        let ignore = s:CheckToIgnoreRightParan( v:lnum, num_unmatched_right )
+        let ignore = s:CheckToIgnoreRightParen( v:lnum, num_unmatched_right )
         " If the line ends in a ), then reduce the indent
         " This catches items like:
         " CREATE TABLE T1(
@@ -368,7 +374,7 @@ function! GetSQLIndent()
         " But we do not want to unindent a line like:
         " IF ( c1 = 1
         " AND  c2 = 3 ) THEN
-        " let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParan( line, ')' )
+        " let num_unmatched_right  = s:CountUnbalancedParen( line, ')' )
         " if num_unmatched_right > 0
         " elseif strpart( line, strlen(line)-1, 1 ) =~ ')'
         " let ind = ind - shiftwidth()

runtime/indent/sshconfig.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: ssh config file
+" Maintainer: JasonKim <git@jasonk.me>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 16
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetSshconfigIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,0=~host\ ,0=~match\ ,0#,!^F
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setlocal autoindent< indentexpr< indentkeys<"
+
+if exists("*GetSshconfigIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function GetSshconfigIndent(lnum)
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
+  let prev_lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
+  let curr_lnum = a:lnum
+  let prev_line = getline(prev_lnum)
+  let curr_line = getline(curr_lnum)
+  if curr_line =~? '^\s*\(host\|match\)\s'
+    return 0
+  elseif prev_line =~? '^\s*\(host\|match\)\s'
+    return sw
+  else
+    return indent(prev_lnum)
+  endif
+endfunction

runtime/indent/testdir/html.in

@@ -2,6 +2,16 @@
 
 
 " START_INDENT
+<html>
+    <body>
+<style>
+div#d1 { color: red; }
+div#d2 { color: green; }
+</style>
+    <script>
+	var v1 = "v1";
+var v2 = "v2";
+    </script>
 <div>
 <div>
 text
@@ -23,4 +33,34 @@ bar">
 text
 </div>
 
+<dl>
+<dd>
+dd text
+</dd>
+<dt>
+dt text
+</dt>
+</dl>
+
+    </body>
+</html>
+
 " END_INDENT
+
+% START_INDENT
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_script1 = "zero"
+% INDENT_EXE call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
+<html>
+    <body>
+<style>
+div#d1 { color: red; }
+div#d2 { color: green; }
+</style>
+    <script>
+	var v1 = "v1";
+var v2 = "v2";
+    </script>
+</body>
+</html>
+% END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/html.ok

@@ -2,25 +2,65 @@
 
 
 " START_INDENT
-<div>
+<html>
-    <div>
+    <body>
-	text
+	<style>
-    </div>
+div#d1 { color: red; }
-</div>
+div#d2 { color: green; }
+	</style>
+	<script>
+	    var v1 = "v1";
+	    var v2 = "v2";
+	</script>
+	<div>
+	    <div>
+		text
+	    </div>
+	</div>
 
-<div
+	<div
-     class="foo bar">
+	    class="foo bar">
-    text
+	    text
-</div>
+	</div>
 
-<div class="foo bar"
+	<div class="foo bar"
-     data="something">
+	     data="something">
-    text
+	    text
-</div>
+	</div>
 
-<div class="foo
+	<div class="foo
-	    bar">
+		    bar">
-    text
+	    text
-</div>
+	</div>
+
+	<dl>
+	    <dd>
+		dd text
+	    </dd>
+	    <dt>
+		dt text
+	    </dt>
+	</dl>
+
+    </body>
+</html>
 
 " END_INDENT
+
+% START_INDENT
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_script1 = "zero"
+% INDENT_EXE call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
+<html>
+    <body>
+	<style>
+	    div#d1 { color: red; }
+	    div#d2 { color: green; }
+	</style>
+	<script>
+var v1 = "v1";
+var v2 = "v2";
+	</script>
+    </body>
+</html>
+% END_INDENT